X103 03/e Cover_p

Transcript

BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH THE QUEEN MOTHER MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY BY APPOINTMENT TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY XK Range 2003 Model Year Electrical Guide Published by Parts and Service Communications Jaguar Cars Limited Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 14 / 30 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Table of Contents Table of Contents: Figures ................................................................................................................... 2 – 3 Abbreviations and Acronyms ............................................................................................................... 4 Introduction ........................................................................................................................................ 5 Component Index ............................................................................................................................... 6 Component Index ............................................................................................................................... 7 – 9 Symbols and Codes ........................................................................................................................... 10 – 13 User Instructions ............................................................................................................................... 14 – 15 Network Configuration ...................................................................................................................... 16 Main Power Distribution ................................................................................................................... 17 Harness Layout ................................................................................................................................. 18 – 19 Ground Point Location ...................................................................................................................... 20 Relay and Fuse Box Location .............................................................................................................. 21 Control Module Location ................................................................................................................... 22 – 23 Control Module Pin Identification ...................................................................................................... 24 – 29 Electrical Guide Figures and Data ............................................................................ follows after page 29 (pages are numbered by Figure number) Appendix (SCP and CAN messages) ............................................................ follows after Figures and Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 1 Table of Contents: Figures FIGURES Fig. Description 01 Power Distribution 01.1 01.2 01.3 01.4 01.5 01.6 ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ 02 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Main Power Distribution ............................................................................ Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 .............................................................. Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 .............................................................. Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) ..................................... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) ............................................. Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ...................................... Variant All Vehicles All Vehicles All Vehicles All Vehicles All Vehicles All Vehicles Ground Distribution 02.1 ............ Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ....................................................... All Vehicles 03 Battery; Starter; Generator 03.1 ............ Battery; Starter; Generator ......................................................................... All Vehicles 04 Engine Management 04.1 ............ 4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 1 ........................................................... All Vehicles 04.2 ............ 4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 2 ........................................................... All Vehicles 05 Transmission 05.1 ............ Automatic Transmission ............................................................................. All Vehicles 06 06.1 06.2 06.3 06.4 Chassis ............ ............ ............ ............ 07 Dynamic Stability Control .......................................................................... Power Assisted Steering ............................................................................. Suspension Adaptive Damping ................................................................... Adaptive Speed Control ............................................................................. All Vehicles All Vehicles Adaptive Damping Vehicles Adaptive Speed Control Vehicles Climate Control 07.1 ............ Climate Control: Part 1 .............................................................................. All Vehicles 07.2 ............ Climate Control: Part 2 .............................................................................. All Vehicles 08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings 08.1 ............ Instrument Clusters ................................................................................... All Vehicles 08.2 ............ Audible Warnings ...................................................................................... All Vehicles 09 09.1 09.2 09.3 09.4 10 Exterior Lighting ............ ............ ............ ............ Exterior Lighting: Front .............................................................................. Exterior Lighting: Front – HID .................................................................... Exterior Lighting: Rear ................................................................................ Headlamp Leveling .................................................................................... Non HID Headlamp Vehicles HID Headlamp Vehicles All Vehicles Headlamp Leveling Vehicles Interior Lighting 10.1 ............ Interior Lighting ......................................................................................... All Vehicles 10.2 ............ Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ....................................................................... All Vehicles 2 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 FIGURES Fig. Description 11 Steering Column; Mirrors Table of Contents: Figures Variant 11.1 ............ Steering Column Movement ....................................................................... All Vehicles 11.2 ............ Mirror Movement ...................................................................................... All Vehicles 11.3 ............ Interior and Exterior Mirrors Tint; Fold-Back Mirrors .................................. All Vehicles 12 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 Seat Systems ............ ............ ............ ............ 13 Driver Seat: Memory .................................................................................. Driver Seat: Non Memory .......................................................................... Passenger Seat: 5-Way Movement .............................................................. Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement .............................................................. Memory Seat Vehicles Non Memory Seat Vehicles 5-Way Movement Vehicles 3-Way Movement Vehicles Locking / Security 13.1 ............ Central Locking .......................................................................................... All Vehicles 13.2 ............ Security System ......................................................................................... All Vehicles 14 Wash / Wipe System 14.1 ............ Wash / Wipe System .................................................................................. All Vehicles 15 Window Lifts; Convertible Top 15.1 ............ Window Lifts ............................................................................................. All Vehicles 15.2 ............ Convertible Top ......................................................................................... Convertible Vehicles 16 In-Car Entertainment 16.1 ............ In-Car Entertainment: Standard .................................................................. Standard ICE Vehicles 16.2 ............ In-Car Entertainment: Premium ................................................................. Premium ICE Vehicles 17 17.1 17.2 17.3 17.4 17.5 18 Communications; Navigation ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ Telephone System: ROW ........................................................................... Telephone System: NAS (Early Production Vehicles) .................................... Telephone System: NAS (Later Production Vehicles).................................... Navigation System ..................................................................................... Navigation System with TV and VICS .......................................................... ROW Vehicles Early Production NAS Vehicles Later Production NAS Vehicles Navigation Vehicles Japan Navigation Vehicles Occupant Safety 18.1 ............ Advanced Restraints System: Part 1 ............................................................ All Vehicles 18.2 ............ Advanced Restraints System: Part 2 ............................................................ All Vehicles 19 Driver Assist 19.1 ............ Parking Aid System .................................................................................... Parking Aid Vehicles 20 Ancillaries 20.1 ............ Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; ............................................................... All Vehicles Accessory Connectors; Garage Door Opener 21 Vehicle Multiplex Systems 21.1 ............ Networks .................................................................................................. All Vehicles 21.2 ............ Serial Data Link ......................................................................................... All Vehicles DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 3 Abbreviations and Acronyms Jaguar XK Range 2003 The following abbreviations and acronyms are used throughout this Electrical Guide: A/C A/CCM ACP APP SENSOR APP1 APP2 B+ BANK 1 BANK 2 BPM CAN CKP SENSOR CM CMP SENSOR / 1 CMP SENSOR / 2 COUPE CONV. DSC ECM ECT SENSOR EFT SENSOR EGR EOT SENSOR EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE FTP SENSOR GPS HID HO2 SENSOR 1 / 1 HO2 SENSOR 1 / 2 HO2 SENSOR 2 / 1 HO2 SENSOR 2 / 2 IAT SENSOR IC ICE IMT VALVE / 1 IMT VALVE / 2 IP SENSOR KS / 1 KS / 2 LH LHD MAF SENSOR MAP SENSOR N/A NAS PATS PWM RH RHD ROW SCP TCM TP SENSOR TP1 TP2 TURN TV V8 VICS VVT VALVE / 1 VVT VALVE / 2 +ve –ve 4 Air Conditioning Air Conditioning Control Module Audio Control Protocol Network Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 1 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 2 Battery Voltage RH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 1, 3, 5, 7) LH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 2, 4, 6, 8) Body Processor Module Controller Area Network Crankshaft Position Sensor Control Module Camshaft Position Sensor / RH Bank Camshaft Position Sensor / LH Bank Coupe Vehicles Convertible Vehicles Dynamic Stability Control Engine Control Module Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Engine Fuel Temperature Sensor Exhaust Gas Recirculation Engine Oil Temperature Sensor Evaporative Emission Canister Close Valve Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Valve Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Global Positioning System High Intensity Discharge Heated Oxygen Sensor – RH Bank / Upstream Heated Oxygen Sensor – RH Bank / Downstream Heated Oxygen Sensor – LH Bank / Upstream Heated Oxygen Sensor – LH Bank / Downstream Intake Air Temperature Sensor Instrument Cluster In-Car Entertainment System Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / Top Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / Bottom Injection Pressure Sensor Knock Sensor / RH Bank Knock Sensor / LH Bank Left Hand Left Hand Drive Mass Air Flow Sensor Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Normally Aspirated North American Specification Passive Anti-Theft System Pulse Width Modulated Right Hand Right Hand Drive Rest of World Standard Corporate Protocol Network Transmission Control Module Throttle Position Sensor Throttle Position Sensor Element 1 Throttle Position Sensor Element 2 Turn Signal Television V8 Engine Vehicle Information Control System Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 1 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 2 Positive Negative DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Introduction Electrical Guide Format This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the Jaguar XK-TYPE electrical / electronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components. The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure. It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents should help to guide the user. Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN) VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner: ➞ VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”. Jaguar XK Range Electrical System Architecture The vehicle electrical system is a ground side switched system. The ignition switch switches ground circuits on / off to complete system circuits and apply power. Circuits that require ignition switch position control are supplied with “ignition switched grounds”. Both power grounds (high current consumers) and logic grounds (electronic switching circuits) are used throughout the system. Three data networks are employed in the vehicle: a high speed Controller Area Network (CAN) for the engine, drive train and related systems, a Standard Corporate Protocol network (SCP) for the body systems, and an Audio Control Protocol network (ACP) for certain In-Car Entertainment and Telephone functions. Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network, or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this book. In addition to the two networks, the vehicle uses a serial data bus (ISO) for diagnostics, security sounder operation and for the programming of certain control modules. XK RANGE INSTRUMENT PANEL DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 5 Component Index Jaguar XK Range 2003 Accelerometer – Front Vertical ............................................... Fig. 06.3 Accelerometer – Lateral (Front) .............................................. Fig. 06.3 Accelerometer – Rear Vertical ................................................ Fig. 06.3 Accessory Connector – Fascia ................................................ Fig. 20.1 Accessory Connector – Trunk ................................................. Fig. 20.1 Accessory Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 01.4 Cellular Phone Control Module .............................................. Fig. 17.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 17.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 17.3 Center Console Switch Pack ................................................... Fig. 09.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3 Active Brake Booster Solenoid (Active Brake Booster) ............. Fig. 06.1 Cigar Lighter .......................................................................... Fig. 10.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 Adaptive Damping Control Module ........................................ Fig. 06.3 CKP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 04.1 Adaptive Damping Control Module ........................................ Fig. 21.2 CMP Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 04.1 Adaptive Speed Control Control Module ................................ Fig. 06.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1 Column Joy Stick (Column Switchgear) ................................... Fig. 11.1 Adaptive Speed Limit Switch .................................................. Fig. 04.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2 Convertible Top Switches ....................................................... Fig. 15.2 Air Cleaner Solenoid Valve ..................................................... Fig. 04.2 Cooling Fan Module .............................................................. Fig. 04.2 Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ...................................... Fig. 04.2 Cooling Fans Fuse Box ........................................................... Fig. 01.1 Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Relay ............................. Fig. 04.2 Damper Solenoids ................................................................. Fig. 06.3 Air Conditioning Control Module ........................................... Fig. 07.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2 Data Link Connector .............................................................. Fig. 21.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2 Air Conditioning Control Panel .............................................. Fig. 07.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2 Dimmer Module .................................................................... Fig. 10.2 Convertible Top Switch .......................................................... Fig. 10.2 Cooling Fans .......................................................................... Fig. 04.2 Dimmer Control (Column Switchgear) .................................... Fig. 10.2 Air Conditioning Isolate Relay ................................................ Fig. 07.1 Diode (BT29) – Trunk Switch .................................................. Fig. 10.1 Air Conditioning Pressure Sensor ........................................... Fig. 04.2 Dip Beam Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 09.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2 Ambient Temperature Sensor ................................................. Fig. 07.1 Antenna Motor ...................................................................... Fig. 16.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2 APP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 04.1 Aspirator Assembly ................................................................ Fig. 07.1 Audible Warning Speaker (Column Switchgear) ...................... Fig. 08.2 Auto Tilt Switch (Column Switchgear) ..................................... Fig. 11.1 Battery .................................................................................. Fig. 01.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1 Blower Air Intakes ................................................................. Fig. 07.1 Blower Motors ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2 Blower Motor Relays .............................................................. Fig. 07.2 Body Processor Module ......................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.1 Fig. 03.1 Fig. 05.1 Fig. 08.2 Fig. 09.1 Fig. 09.2 Fig. 09.3 Fig. 10.1 Fig. 11.1 Fig. 11.2 Fig. 11.3 Fig. 12.1 Fig. 12.2 Fig. 12.3 Fig. 12.4 Fig. 13.1 Fig. 13.2 Fig. 14.1 Fig. 15.1 Fig. 15.2 Fig. 20.1 Fig. 21.1 Fig. 21.2 Door Ajar Switch – Driver ...................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. 10.1 Fig. 11.1 Fig. 11.2 Fig. 13.1 Fig. 13.2 Door Ajar Switch – Passenger ................................................. Fig. 10.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2 Door Control Module – Driver ............................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. 10.1 Fig. 11.1 Fig. 11.2 Fig. 11.3 Fig. 12.1 Fig. 13.1 Fig. 13.2 Fig. 15.1 Fig. 15.2 Fig. 21.1 Door Control Module – Passenger .......................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. 10.1 Fig. 13.1 Fig. 13.2 Fig. 15.1 Fig. 15.2 Fig. 21.1 Door Lock Actuators .............................................................. Fig. 13.1 Door Lock Switch – Passenger ................................................ Fig. 15.1 Door Lock Switches – Driver .................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. 10.1 Fig. 13.1 Fig. 13.2 Fig. 15.1 Door Locking Relay ................................................................ Fig. 13.1 Door Memory Switch Pack – Driver ........................................ Fig. 11.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2 Door Mirrors ......................................................................... Fig. 07.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3 Brake Cancel Switch .............................................................. Fig. 04.2 Door Mirror Heaters Relay ..................................................... Fig. 07.2 Brake Fluid Reservoir ............................................................. Fig. 06.1 Door Mirror Motors ............................................................... Fig. 11.2 Brake On / Off Switch ............................................................ Fig. 04.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3 Driver Dual Airbag Igniters ..................................................... Fig. 18.1 Brake Pressure Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 06.1 Driver Side Fuse Box .............................................................. Fig. 01.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.5 CD Auto-Changer .................................................................. Fig. 16.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 17.4 6 Driver Seat Position Switch .................................................... Fig. 18.1 DSC Control Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) .................. Fig. 06.1 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Dynamic Stability Control Control Module ............................. Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1 Component Index Head Restraint Motor – Driver ............................................... Fig. 12.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2 ECM Cooling Fan ................................................................... Fig. 04.1 Head Restraint Motor – Passenger .......................................... Fig. 12.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4 ECT Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 04.1 Headlamp Leveling Actuators ................................................. Fig. 09.4 EFT Sensor ............................................................................. Fig. 04.1 Headlamp Leveling Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) ........ Fig. 09.4 EGR Valve ............................................................................. Fig. 04.1 Heated Rear Window ............................................................ Fig. 07.2 Electronic Road Pricing Module ............................................. Fig. 20.1 Heated Rear Window Relay ................................................... Fig. 07.2 Engine Compartment Fuse Box .............................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 07.2 Fig. 09.1 Fig. 09.2 Fig. 13.2 Fig. 14.1 Fig. 20.1 Heater Pump ......................................................................... Fig. 07.2 Engine Compartment Security Switch ..................................... Fig. 13.2 High-Mounted Stop Lamp ...................................................... Fig. 09.3 Engine Control Module .......................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. HO2 Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 04.1 Fig. 03.1 Fig. 04.1 Fig. 04.2 Fig. 06.4 Fig. 13.2 Fig. 21.1 Fig. 21.2 Engine Coolant Level Switch .................................................. Fig. 08.1 Heater Pump Relay ................................................................ Fig. 07.2 Heater Valve .......................................................................... Fig. 07.2 HID Headlamp Units ............................................................. Fig. 09.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2 High Power Protection Module .............................................. Fig. 01.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1 HO2S Heater Relays .............................................................. Fig. 01.6 Horn Relay ............................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 Horn Switches (Steering Wheel) ............................................. Fig. 20.1 Horns .................................................................................... Fig. 13.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 Engine Management Fuse Box ................................................ Fig. 01.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.6 IAT Sensor 2 .......................................................................... Fig. 04.1 EOT Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 04.1 Ignition Modules and Coils ..................................................... Fig. 04.2 Evap Canister Close Valve ...................................................... Fig. 04.1 External Trunk Release Switch ................................................ Fig. 13.1 Ignition Switch ....................................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Footwell Lamps ..................................................................... Fig. 10.1 Impact Sensor – Front ............................................................ Fig. 18.1 Forward Alert Switch ............................................................. Fig. 06.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2 Inclination Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 13.2 Front Fog Lamps .................................................................... Fig. 09.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2 Intercooler Coolant Pump ...................................................... Fig. 04.2 Evap Canister Purge Valve ...................................................... Fig. 04.1 Evaporator / Heater Matrix Assembly ..................................... Fig. 07.1 Ignition Coil Relay ................................................................. Fig. 04.2 Fig. 02.1 Fig. 03.1 Fig. 10.1 Fig. 11.1 Fig. 13.1 Inertia Switch ........................................................................ Fig. 02.1 Front Lamp Units (NON-HID) ................................................ Fig. 09.1 Interior Rear View Mirror ....................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. FTP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 04.1 IP Sensor ............................................................................... Fig. 04.1 Fuel Fill Flap Solenoid ............................................................ Fig. 13.1 J Gate Illumination Module .................................................... Fig. 05.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1 Front Fog Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 09.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2 Fuel Injectors ......................................................................... Fig. 04.2 Fuel Level Sensor ................................................................... Fig. 08.1 Fuel Pump ............................................................................. Fig. 04.2 Fuel Pump Module ................................................................ Fig. 04.2 Garage Door Opener (Roof Console) ...................................... Fig. 20.1 Gearshift Interlock Solenoid ................................................... Fig. 05.1 Generator .............................................................................. Fig. 03.1 Glass Breakage Sensor ( Roof Console) .................................... Fig. 13.2 Glove Box Lamp .................................................................... Fig. 10.1 GPS Antenna – Navigation ..................................................... Fig. 17.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5 Hand Set ............................................................................... Fig. 17.1 Hand Set Receiver ................................................................. Fig. 17.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 17.3 Fig. 09.1 Fig. 09.2 Fig. 09.3 Fig. 11.3 Key Fob Antennas .................................................................. Fig. 13.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2 Key Transponder Module ....................................................... Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2 Keylock Solenoid (Column Switchgear) ................................... Fig. 05.1 Knock Sensors ....................................................................... Fig. 04.1 Latch Control Valve ............................................................... Fig. 15.2 Lighting Stalk (Column Switchgear) ......................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1 Fig. 09.2 Fig. 09.3 Fig. 10.2 Fig. 11.3 Fig. 14.1 Head Restraint Control Module – Driver ................................. Fig. 12.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1 Head Restraint Control Module – Passenger ........................... Fig. 12.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 7 Component Index Jaguar XK Range 2003 Linear Switch Module ............................................................ Fig. 05.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 21.1 MAF Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 04.1 Main Beam Relay ................................................................... Fig. 09.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2 Power Assisted Steering Converter ......................................... Fig. 06.2 Powerwash Pump .................................................................. Fig. 14.1 Powerwash Relay ................................................................... Fig. 14.1 Puddle Lamps ........................................................................ Fig. 10.1 Quarter Down Relays ............................................................. Fig. 15.2 Main Control Valve ................................................................ Fig. 15.2 Quarter Light Lifts .................................................................. Fig. 15.2 Major Instrument Cluster ....................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1 Fig. 06.4 Fig. 07.1 Fig. 08.1 Fig. 09.3 Fig. 10.2 Fig. 11.2 Fig. 11.3 Fig. 13.2 Fig. 15.1 Fig. 15.2 Fig. 16.1 Fig. 16.2 Fig. 17.4 Fig. 17.5 Fig. 21.1 Quarter Up Relays ................................................................. Fig. 15.2 MAP Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 04.1 Rear Fog Relay ....................................................................... Fig. 09.3 Microphone (Telephone) ........................................................ Fig. 17.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 17.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 17.3 Rear Interior Lamp ................................................................. Fig. 10.1 Minor Instrument Cluster ....................................................... Fig. 08.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2 Radio / Cassette Head Unit .................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2 Fig. 16.1 Fig. 16.2 Fig. 17.4 Fig. 17.5 Radio Antenna ....................................................................... Fig. 16.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2 Radio Control Switches (Steering Wheel) ................................ Fig. 16.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2 Rain Sensing Module ............................................................. Fig. 14.1 Rain Sensor (Interior Rear View Mirror) .................................. Fig. 14.1 Reader / Exciter Coil (Column Switchgear) .............................. Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2 Restraints Control Module ..................................................... Fig. 18.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 18.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2 Ride Height Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 09.4 Mirror Joy Stick (Driver Door Switch Pack) .............................. Fig. 11.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3 Roof Console ......................................................................... Fig. 10.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2 Navigation Control Module .................................................... Fig. 10.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 17.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5 Seat Back Latch Switch – Driver .............................................. Fig. 12.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2 Navigation Display ................................................................. Fig. 10.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 17.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5 Not-In-Park Switch ................................................................ ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Seat Back Latch Switch – Passenger ........................................ Fig. 12.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4 Seat Back Tilt Switch – Driver ................................................. Fig. 12.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2 Fig. 03.1 Fig. 05.1 Fig. 11.1 Fig. 11.2 Fig. 13.1 Seat Back Tilt Switch – Passenger ........................................... Fig. 12.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4 Number Plate Lamps ............................................................. Fig. 09.3 Seat Belt Comfort Solenoid – Passenger .................................. Fig. 12.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4 Occupancy Sensing Control Module ....................................... Fig. 18.2 Oil Pressure Switch ................................................................ Fig. 08.1 Parking Aid Control Module ................................................... Fig. 19.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2 Parking Aid Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 19.1 Parking Aid Sounder .............................................................. Fig. 19.1 Parking Brake Switch ............................................................. Fig. 08.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5 Passenger Airbag Deactivated Indicator Lamp ......................... Fig. 18.2 Passenger Door Control Module ............................................ Fig. 11.2 Passenger Dual Airbag Igniters ............................................... Fig. 18.2 Passenger Seat Weight Pressure Sensor .................................. Fig. 18.2 Passenger Seat Weight Sensing Control Module ...................... Fig. 18.2 Passenger Side Fuse Box ........................................................ Fig. 01.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4 Pedal Force Switch (Active Brake Booster) .............................. Fig. 06.1 Pedal Travel Sensor (Active Brake Booster) ............................. Fig. 06.1 Position Alignment Switch ..................................................... Fig. 05.1 Power Amplifier .................................................................... Fig. 16.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 17.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 17.5 Power Assisted Steering Control Module ................................ Fig. 06.2 Seat Belt Comfort Solenoid – Driver ....................................... Fig. 12.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2 Seat Belt Pretensioner Igniters ................................................ Fig. 18.1 Seat Belt Switch – Driver ........................................................ Fig. 12.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 18.1 Seat Belt Switch – Passenger ................................................... Fig. 12.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 18.1 Seat Control Module – Driver ................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3 Fig. 12.1 Fig. 12.2 Fig. 21.1 Seat Control Module – Passenger ........................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. 11.3 Fig. 12.3 Fig. 12.4 Fig. 21.1 Seat Cushion Heater – Driver ................................................. Fig. 12.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2 Seat Cushion Heater – Passenger ............................................ Fig. 12.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4 Seat Heater Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) ................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1 Fig. 12.2 Fig. 12.3 Fig. 12.4 Seat Lumbar Pump – Driver ................................................... Fig. 12.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2 Seat Lumbar Pump – Passenger .............................................. Fig. 12.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4 8 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Component Index Seat Motors – Driver .............................................................. Fig. 12.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2 Throttle Motor Relay .............................................................. Fig. 04.1 Seat Motors – Passenger ........................................................ Fig. 12.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4 Top Up Relay ......................................................................... Fig. 15.2 Security Active Indicator (J Gate Illumination Module) ............ Fig. 13.2 Security and Locking Control Module ..................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3 Fig. 11.3 Fig. 13.1 Fig. 13.2 Fig. 15.1 Fig. 15.2 Fig. 21.1 Security Sounder – Active ...................................................... Fig. 13.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 21.2 Top Down Relay .................................................................... Fig. 15.2 TP Sensor .............................................................................. Fig. 04.1 Transit Isolation Device .......................................................... Fig. 01.1 Transmission Capacitor .......................................................... Fig. 05.1 Transmission Control Module ................................................ ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1 Fig. 05.1 Fig. 06.4 Fig. 21.1 Transmission Mode Switch ..................................................... Fig. 05.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2 Security Sounder – Passive ..................................................... Fig. 13.2 Trip Computer Switch Pack .................................................... Fig. 08.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2 Side Airbag Igniters ................................................................ Fig. 18.1 Trip Cycle Switch (Column Switchgear) ................................... Fig. 08.1 Side Impact Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 18.1 Trunk and Fuel Fill Release Switches ...................................... Fig. 10.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1 Side Markers – Front .............................................................. Fig. 09.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2 Side Markers – Rear ............................................................... Fig. 09.3 Side Turn Signal Repeaters ..................................................... Fig. 09.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2 Solar Sensor .......................................................................... Fig. 07.1 Spatial Sensors ....................................................................... Fig. 18.2 Trunk Fuse Box ...................................................................... ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 04.2 Fig. 07.2 Fig. 09.3 Speakers – Door (Mid-Bass) .................................................... Fig. 16.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2 Trunk Lamps ......................................................................... Fig. 10.1 Speakers – Door (Tweeter) ..................................................... Fig. 16.2 Trunk Switch ......................................................................... Fig. 10.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2 Speakers – Fascia ................................................................... Fig. 16.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2 Speakers – Side Rear (Convertible) .......................................... Fig. 16.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2 Speakers – Side Rear Quarter (Coupe) .................................... Fig. 16.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2 Trunk Release Solenoid .......................................................... Fig. 13.1 Valet Switch .......................................................................... Fig. 10.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2 Vanity Lamps ......................................................................... Fig. 10.1 Speaker – Rear (Coupe) .......................................................... Fig. 16.2 Vehicle Information Control Beacon Module .......................... Fig. 17.5 Squab Heater – Driver ........................................................... Fig. 12.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2 Vehicle Information Control Infrared Sensor .......................... Fig. 17.5 Vehicle Information Control Module ...................................... Fig. 17.5 Vent Assembly ....................................................................... Fig. 07.1 Squab Heater – Passenger ...................................................... Fig. 12.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4 VVT Solenoid Valves .............................................................. Fig. 04.1 Starter Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1 Wash / Wipe Stalk (Column Switchgear) ................................. Fig. 14.1 Starter Relay .......................................................................... Fig. 03.1 Wheel Speed Sensors ............................................................. Fig. 06.1 Steering Angle Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 06.1 Window Lift Motors ............................................................... Fig. 15.1 Steering Column Motors ........................................................ Fig. 11.1 Window Lift Switches ............................................................ Fig. 15.1 Steering Wheel Speed Control Switches .................................. Fig. 04.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.4 Windshield Heaters ............................................................... Fig. 07.2 Stop Lamp Relay .................................................................... Fig. 04.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.3 Windshield Wash Pump and Fluid Level Sensor ...................... Fig. 14.1 Windshield Heater Relays ...................................................... Fig. 07.2 Switch Pack – Center Console ................................................ Fig. 10.2 Wiper Fast / Slow Relay .......................................................... Fig. 14.1 Switch Pack – Driver Door Memory ........................................ Fig. 10.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1 Wiper Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 14.1 Switch Pack – Driver Seat ....................................................... Fig. 12.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2 Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensors Cluster ................. Fig. 06.1 Wiper Run / Stop Relay .......................................................... Fig. 14.1 Switch Pack – Passenger Seat ................................................. Fig. 12.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.4 Switch Pack – Driver Door ..................................................... Fig. 10.2 Switch Pack – Passenger Door ................................................ Fig. 10.2 Tail Lamp Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 09.3 Tail Lamp Units ..................................................................... Fig. 09.3 Telephone Antenna ............................................................... Fig. 17.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 17.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 17.3 Television Antennas ............................................................... Fig. 17.5 Television Antenna Amplifier ................................................. Fig. 17.5 Television Module ................................................................. Fig. 17.5 Throttle Motor ....................................................................... Fig. 04.1 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 9 Symbols and Codes Jaguar XK Range 2003 NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure. Reference Symbols Reference symbols are used for three purposes: • to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground • to refer the user to a related circuit • to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds Battery Power Supply X This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3. X X I II X Ignition Switched Power Supply E This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4, 01.5 or 01.6. The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION). The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK). The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control. X XX XX I II Ignition Switched Ground This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1. This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK). The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION). The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK). XX.X BPM Figure Number Reference Flag This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure. As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit. In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are used to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs are overlapped to avoid the necessity for crossreferencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances where signals are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIRCUIT CONTINUED). BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference flags on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space. Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s) I Input P Power ground O Output B + Battery voltage + – Sensor/signal supply V * A ACP S SCP Sensor/signal ground ** C CAN D Serial and encoded data These nine symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules. The symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also employed on the corresponding data page. * May also indicate Reference Voltage ** May also indicate Reference Ground or Logic Ground. Refer to Control Module Pin-Out Information. 10 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Wiring Symbols Symbols and Codes Wiring Harness Codes Splice Simplified Splice Bulb Capacitor Connector Diode Diode (in harness) XX1-X XX1 Eyelet and Stud Fuse Logic ground Power ground Hall effect sensor H XX1-X AC AN AS BB BC BL BT DD DP EL EM FC FL FR IC IS LF LL PI QL QR RF RH RL RR RT SA SC SD SP SW TL Air Conditioning (Climate Control) Generator Suppression Module Generator to Starter Trunk Bridging Link Main Power Distribution Trunk Lid Trunk Door, Driver Door, Passenger Engine Management Side Marker Link Engine Management Fascia LH Front Wheel RH Front Wheel In-Car Entertainment Inclination Sensor Link Left Forward Power Steering Link Engine Convertible LH Quarter Light Link Convertible RH Quarter Light Link Roof Rearward LH Rear Wheel RH Rear Wheel Radio Telephone Starter to Generator Link Column Switchgear Seat, Driver Seat, Passenger Steering Wheel Telephone Light emitting diode (LED) Wiring Color Codes Motor Potentiometer Pressure transducer Resistor Solenoid Suppression Diode Suppression Resistor Thermistor N B W K G R Y Brown Black White Pink Green Red Yellow O S L U P BRD Orange Slate Light Blue Purple Braid When a wire has two color code letters, the first letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter indicates the tracer color. Code Numbering When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineering uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002, etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the codes have been shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes AC2-1, etc. Transistor Wire Continued Zener Diode DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 11 Symbols and Codes Jaguar XK Range 2003 Connectors HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER; for example: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash) Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD). EXAMPLES: FC7-24 Harness code FC7-24 (LHD) FC7-15 (RHD) Pin number Connector number Splices HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER; for example: RHS3 (no dash is used) NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components, in wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to show wires from other circuits. EXAMPLES: RHS3 Harness code RHS3 SIMPLIFIED SPLICE Splice number Splice Fuses All fuses are located in the fuse boxes. Each fuse is identified by an “F” number unique only to the fuse box in which it is located. EXAMPLE: F19 15A Grounds HARNESS CODE + GROUND STUD NUMBER + EYELET STUD POSITION (A,B,C) + EYELET DESIGNATION (S,L,R) Eyelet stud position There may be up to three eyelets on one stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A – first (bottom), B – second (middle), C – third (top). Eyelet designation Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’, which is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right). S L SINGLE EYELET R EYELET PAIR EXAMPLES: Harness code Harness code Harness code Ground stud number Ground stud number Ground stud number FC2S LF1AR Single leg eyelet BT1CS RH leg of eyelet Single leg eyelet First eyelet on stud Third eyelet on stud On figures where LHD and RHD circuits are combined and the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground code is shown in parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used. EXAMPLES: EM2AR (EM1AR) 12 LHD Vehicles RHD Vehicles BT1AL Same for LHD and RHD Vehicles DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Symbols and Codes Diodes Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number. EXAMPLE: BT29-1 BT29 BT29-2 Relays Individual relays located outside of fuse boxes have a separate relay connector (base) and a unique connector number, which is shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay; the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Relays located within fuse boxes do not have a separate relay connector and are identified by an “R” number unique only to the fuse box in which they are located. All relays use the ISO pin numbering system (1, 2, 3, 4, 5). EXAMPLE: FC24 4 R5 3 5 3 5 2 1 1 2 INDIVIDUAL RELAY (CHANGE-OVER RELAY SHOWN) FUSE BOX RELAY (NORMALLY OPEN RELAY SHOWN) Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this instance, the two relays share a common connector number, while the pin numbers of the second relay are identified by the numbers 6 – 10. EXAMPLE: AC20 AC20 3 5 8 10 2 1 7 6 Networks In most instances, networks are shown as a broken grey line to indicate that there is network communication between the depicted control modules. Refer to Figures 21.1 and 21.2 for circuit details. EXAMPLE: SCP Y S 20.2 MESSAGE(S) MESSAGE(S) 20.2 Y IP5-1 U S S IP10-1 20.2 MESSAGE(S) MESSAGE(S) 20.2 U IP5-2 S IP10-2 CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE Component Depictions EXAMPLE: COMPLETE COMPONENTS AND CONTROL MODULES DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 INCOMPLETE COMPONENTS (EXCEPT CONTROL MODULES) ASSEMBLIES AND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOXES COMPONENTS WITH INTERNAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT 13 User Instructions Jaguar XK Range 2003 Figure and Data Page Layout Figure Pages Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 - Power Distribution, 02 - Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents: Figures for a complete list of the Figures. The Figures 01 - Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. The reference symbols are defined on page 10. Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided. Data Pages The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book. When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix. Most circuits that incorporate a control module include pinout information. The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY. 14 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 User Instructions CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND GROUND INFORMATION Fig. 03.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
I I Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS FC14-32 FC14-33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II) : GROUND Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location I I I FC14-41 FC14-58 FC14-67 ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED KEY-IN-IGNITION: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED BATTERY BT66 BT67 EYELET EYELET TRUNK / RH SIDE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY O D B+ FC14-72 FC14-73 FC14-80 ENGINE START REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK GENERATOR PI50 ST11 3-WAY / BLACK EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT S S D FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-92 SCP – SCP + OK TO FUEL SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 BT61 BT62 BT63 EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE Engine Control Module IGNITION SWITCH 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 20-WAY / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE Pin Description and Characteristic I I EM80-06 EM80-10 ENGINE CRANK: B+ INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED I O I C C EM80-31 EM80-41 EM80-79 EM80-123 EM80-124 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNING: CAN – CAN + Key Transponder Module
FC4 GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC12 3-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE STARTER MOTOR ST3 ST10 EYELET EYELET ENGINE BLOCK TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY RELAYS Pin Description and Characteristic Relay Connector / Color Location D D FC22-07 FC22-08 READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION STARTER RELAY EM50 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS D SG I FC22-09 FC22-12 FC22-14 OK TO FUEL: ENCODED COMMUNICATION LOGIC GROUND: GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II): GROUND HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATION Connector Major Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and Characteristic B+ SG FC25-01 FC25-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND C S S FC25-11 FC25-13 FC25-14 CAN + SCP + SCP – I PG C FC25-15 FC25-16 FC25-23 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND CAN – Connector Description Location EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS EM60 2-WAY / BLACK / STARTER LINK HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR GROUNDS Transmission Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic O GB2-10 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED Ground Location BT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DATE OF ISSUE DATA PAGE FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE Jaguar XK Range 2003 FIGURE NUMBER Battery; Starter; Generator FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR B BT61 500A BT80 B B BT67 BT66 BT60 R BT63 250A B ST1 01.1 BT62 B Fig. 03.1 Battery; Starter; Generator 15 01.1 N B FC14-80 BATTERY BT68 HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE VIA INERTIA SWITCH 8 RG 15 WR II KEY-IN I FC14-33 I I FC14-32 O I FC4-4 FC14-67 I II BK BK FCS48 FC4-5 III FC3BL GO GO 1 FC4-1 I FC14-41 IGNITION SWITCH 3 WU II I FC22-14 YB D FC22-9 B O O SC12-1 B D SC1-3 OG FC22-17 OG SC12-2 SC1-4 D OK TO FUEL FC14-92 WR D FC22-7 D SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE FC14-73 D BK FC22-8 READER / EXCITER COIL FC22-12 BK FCS47 FC3BR COLUMN SWITCHGEAR KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE BK BK FCS47 FC3BR R 14 B — U S FC25-15 B II + 21.1 21.1 21.1 U 21.1 Y FC25-13 G O GO GB2-10 APPLIED ONLY WHEN INERTIA SWITCH IS TRIPPED BK FCS48 C — C Y 21.1 FC25-11 P G PATS; GENERATOR WARNING 21.1 7 GU II 21.1 P I P, N Y I ENGINE CRANK O NW 3 5 WR G 1 2 O EMS29 EM80-31 ENGINE START REQUEST 79 G I EM80-10 EM50 BODY PROCESSOR MODULE GO EM80-6 EM1-15 STARTER RELAY O EM80-41 C + WR EM80-124 21.1 FC25-23 FC25-16 FC4BR (FC2BR) FC3BL + FC25-4 B FCS49 + O FC14-72 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM B — S FC14-85 P, N BK S FC14-84 SECURITY STATUS Y S FC25-1 I FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC25-14 WG 33 YB FC87-1 FC87-3 G ST3 C — WR EM60-2 EM80-123 73 WR B B PI50-3 MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 48 WU II ST10 B B STS1 6 B PI50-2 STARTER MOTOR Y Y I EM80-79 PI1-11 PI50-1 FAULT; CHARGE WARNING B ST11 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I GENERATOR I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V — Sensor/Signal Ground KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE FIGURE PAGE DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 15 Network Configuration Jaguar XK Range 2003 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER (ROW ONLY) TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE LINEAR SWITCH MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE LH HID HEADLAMPUNIT MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER RH HID HEADLAMP UNIT CAN SCP SERIAL DATA LINK DATA LINK CONNECTOR SERIAL DATA LINK CAN NETWORK NOTE: TYPICAL XK RANGE NETWORK CONFIGURATION (FULL OPTION SET). REFER TO FIGURES 21.1 AND 21.2 FOR CIRCUIT DETAILS. SCP NETWORK 16 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX Main Power Distribution GENERATOR LF70 ST11 BES41 COOLING FANS FUSE BOX LF14 STARTER MOTOR ST3 FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR BT80 ST1 ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX (RHD) EM70 EM70 ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX (LHD) RHD BES40 DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD) PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD) FC90 FC92 FC90 FC93 RHD BT65 FC91 FC91 BT79 TUNNEL STUD CONNECTOR BT61 HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT62 BT63 BT60 BT66 + BATTERY – BT68 BT67 TRUNK FUSE BOX DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 BT64 17 Harness Layout Jaguar XK Range 2003 LHD FRONT OF VEHICLE LF2 LF1 LF41 LF42 FR – RH FRONT WHEEL FL – LH FRONT WHEEL ST – STARTER LINK PI – ENGINE LL – POWER STEERING LINK LF – LEFT FORWARD EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENT SIDE MARKER LINK PI1 PI2 LF3 LF3 LF40 LF102 AC – AIR CONDITIONING (CLIMATE CONTROL) LF1 LF2 LF59 LF60 DD1 EM60 EM2 EL6 EM1 EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT AC12 AC13 AC14 AC15 AC16 FC4 LL1 EM1 EM2 EM3 FC1 FC3 DP1 FC2 DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR DD – DRIVER’S DOOR SC1 SC2 SC3 RF1 RF5 RZ1 SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR RF – ROOF SW1 SW2 SW10 SW – STEERING WHEEL FC – FASCIA IC1 IC2 IC3 IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT FC6 FC5 SD1 SD – DRIVER’S SEAT SP1 SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT PT1 RH1 RH2 RH9 RH12 RH13 RH14 IC4 RH2 RH5 RH – REARWARD RH6 RH1 BT1 BT2 BT3 BT58 QR – CONVERTIBLE RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK QL – CONVERTIBLE LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK BT – TRUNK BT3 BB1 BT1 BT2 BT72 RL – LH REAR WHEEL BL1 BT73 RR – RH REAR WHEEL BL – TRUNK LID BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK 18 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Harness Layout RHD FRONT OF VEHICLE LF2 LF1 LF41 LF42 FR – RH FRONT WHEEL FL – LH FRONT WHEEL ST – STARTER LINK PI – ENGINE EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENT SIDE MARKER LINK LF – LEFT FORWARD PI1 PI2 LF3 LF3 LF40 LF102 AC – AIR CONDITIONING (CLIMATE CONTROL) LF1 LF2 LF59 LF60 DP1 EM60 EL6 EM1 EM2 AC12 AC13 AC14 AC15 AC16 FC4 EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM1 EM2 EM3 FC1 FC3 DD1 FC2 DD – DRIVER’S DOOR DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR RF1 RF5 RZ1 SC1 SC2 SC3 SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR FC – FASCIA SW1 SW2 SW10 SW – STEERING WHEEL RF – ROOF IC1 IC2 IC3 IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT FC5 FC6 SP1 SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT SD1 SD – DRIVER’S SEAT PT1 RH1 RH2 RH9 RH12 RH13 RH14 IC4 RH2 RH5 RH – REARWARD RH6 RH1 BT1 BT2 BT3 BT58 QR – CONVERTIBLE RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK QL – CONVERTIBLE LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK BT3 BT – TRUNK BB1 BT1 BT2 BT72 RL – LH REAR WHEEL BL1 BT73 RR – RH REAR WHEEL BL – TRUNK LID BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 19 Ground Point Location Jaguar XK Range 2003 LF1 LF2 PI1 EM2 EM1 (QUIET GROUND) LF3 FC4 FC2 FC3 FC1 CE2 FC6 FC5 RH3 (KEYFOB ANTENNA) RH2 RH1 RADIO ANTENNA GROUND BT68 BATTERY GROUND BT1 BT2 BT3 20 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Relay and Fuse Box Location ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX RELAYS Engine compartment fuse box R7 – Ignition positive relay R6 – Horn relay R5 – Main beam relay (non-HID); Dip beam relay (HID) R4 – Powerwash relay R3 – Dip beam relay (non-HID); Main beam relay (HID) R2 – Front fog relay R1 – Heater pump relay CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD) CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD) Bank 1 O2S heater relay Engine management fuse box Bank 2 O2S heater relay Bank 2 O2S heater relay Engine management fuse box Bank 1 O2S heater relay * Ignition coil relay Throttle motor relay Throttle motor relay Ignition coil relay * EMS control relay EMS control relay * Early production vehicles only. * Early production vehicles only. LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS A/C compressor clutch relay Starter relay Wiper RUN/STOP relay LH windshield heater relay Wiper FAST/SLOW relay RH windshield heater relay LH FASCIA RELAYS Ignition positive relay (LHD) Auxiliary positive relay (RHD) Door mirror heater relay Driver side fuse box (LHD) Passenger side fuse box (RHD) RH FASCIA RELAYS Auxiliary positive relay (LHD) Ignition positive relay (RHD) Door locking relay Air conditioning isolate relay Passenger side fuse box (LHD) Driver side fuse box (RHD) DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS LH blower motor relay RH blower motor relay TRUNK RELAYS Top up relay Top down relay LH quarter up relay / LH quarter down relay RH quarter up relay / RH quarter down relay Trunk fuse box R7 – Ignition positive relay R6 – Accessory relay R5 – Stop lamp relay R1 – Rear fog relay R2 – Heated rear window relay R3 – Tail lamp relay DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 21 Control Module Location Jaguar XK Range 2003 LHD ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE OCCUPANCY SENSING MODULE DIMMER MODULE PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE RAIN SENSING MODULE PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE NOTE: THE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE IS CONTAINED WITHIN THE TRANSMISSION. 22 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Control Module Location RHD ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE RAIN SENSING MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE DIMMER MODULE PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE OCCUPANCY SENSING MODULE DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE NOTE: THE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE IS CONTAINED WITHIN THE TRANSMISSION. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 23 24 13 B 2 GW 12 WR 1 WU 15 GW 4 WU 14 B 3 WR 30 B 29 B 2 RU 56 UY 3 — 31 GR 5 NW 16 OY 6 RW 17 U 7 U 18 GW 32 — 8 U 19 BW 4 B 84 Y 9 UY 20 BK 5 B 86 — 10 W 21 O 11 — 22 — 7 W 35 — 61 GB 8 U 36 Y 62 GW 9 U 11 — 39 — 12 OY 65 WR 91 B 92 U 40 U 13 OY 119 BO 66 UY 118 BG 41 O 67 O 93 Y 14 OG 120 BG EM80 / BLACK 15 — 121 WU 42 — 68 B 94 G 16 — 69 O 95 N 96 — 17 BK 18 BK 44 GW 2 Y 8 YR 3 YG 9 — 4 — 10 — AC3 / GREY AC4 5 OY 11 U 6 U 12 WU AC3 1 OG 9 — 2 RG 10 O AC2 3 Y 11 YG 4 — 12 — 5 YB 13 UY AC2 / GREY 6 YG 14 — AC1 7 OG 15 U 71 O 97 — 8 GO 20 BG 46 BW 19 BG 16 GU 98 N 73 U 99 N 47 YR 126 — 72 YG 125 — 45 BW 124 Y 70 UY 123 G 43 BG 122 — AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE 38 B 64 GU 10 GU 1 UY 7 Y 37 P 63 GO 117 BW 90 GW 116 B 89 GO 115 BG 88 GR 114 BO 87 GU 113 BG 34 RW 6 GO 33 WG 59 Y 60 YR 112 BW 85 YU 111 B 58 YG 110 OG 57 YU 83 R AC4 / GREY 1 RU 82 B 109 OY 55 UY 108 N 81 B 107 G EM80 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 1 RG 14 — 21 — 48 YG 74 — 2 U 15 — 22 NR 3 UY 16 GR 76 G 4 UY 17 RW 25 W 5 GR 18 GU 51 W 77 — 26 — 53 — 79 Y 27 W 54 B 80 G 106 R 6 RW 19 RU 7 UY 20 YR 8 RW 21 Y 28 — 134 GW AC1 / GREY 52 GR 78 YG 133 — 105 O 132 YG 104 RG 131 YG 103 Y 24 WG 50 YG 23 WG 49 WU 75 N 130 BR 102 R 129 N 101 — 128 N 100 BG 127 Y 9 R 22 NR 10 — 23 — 11 — 24 — 12 OY 25 O 13 UY 26 GU Control Module Pin Identification Jaguar XK Range 2003 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 32 NW 1 NR 17 WR 33 Y 2 — 18 YB 35 — 36 U 5 BK 20 WB 4 WU 19 NW 34 G 3 Y LF37 21 — 37 W 6 U 22 — 38 R 7 R 23 — 9 UY 40 YU 24 WU 39 — 8 U 25 W 41 — 12 — 42 O 43 Y 27 WG 11 Y 26 NW 10 — LF37 / BLACK 28 NG 44 — 13 — 29 W 45 R 14 — 30 YR 46 W 15 G 31 NR 47 B 16 B DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE 1 YR 2 — 3 OY 20 BG 21 U 4 — 22 R 5 — 23 — 6 — 24 OG 7 — 25 U 8 — 26 OG 9 — 10 O 27 NW 11 WR 28 W BT69 / BLACK 29 — 12 — 30 O 13 R 14 OG 31 OY 32 O 15 OG 33 GU 16 — 34 OY 17 — 2 B 8 — 1 NW 7 WR 9 — 3 — 10 Y 4 G 11 — 5 — LF61 / BLACK LF61 12 YU 6 — ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE 19 — BT69 ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE 35 — 18 B Jaguar XK Range 2003 Control Module Pin Identification TOP 25 26 2 RG 15 R 1 WG 14 U 16 B 3 YR 17 RW 4 BK 18 Y 5 — 19 O 6 RU 20 UY 7 YB 21 RU 8 UY FC25 / BLACK FC25 22 U 9 R 23 G 10 Y 24 G 11 Y 25 BR 12 — 26 — 13 Y MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 26 OY 13 BW 25 — 12 RU 24 — 11 G 23 OG 10 O 22 RW 9 Y 21 RG 8 RG 20 OY 7 OG 19 G 6 U FC26 / YELLOW FC26 18 OG 5 OY 17 OY 4 YG 16 Y 3 RW 15 UY 2 RW 1 R 14 RW Control Module Pin Identification Jaguar XK Range 2003 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 4 RU 9 RW 10 R 8 R 3 RG 7 UY 2 U BT42 / BLACK 5 RU 6 O 1 OY 80 N 54 G 29 Y 4 GU 31 Y 5 YR 85 Y 6 UY 33 RG 58 YB 32 WR 57 — 84 U 7 — 59 Y 35 G 8 BW 34 GO 37 GR 10 YR 36 GW 9 GU 89 GR 62 GU 88 YG 61 WG 87 Y 60 RW 86 OG 38 RU 11 YB 63 Y 90 BG 12 W 64 — 26 YR 13 RW 25 — 12 RW 24 — 11 — BT42 23 — 10 BK 22 — 9 — 21 — 8 GW 20 — 7 YU 19 YR 6 RU BT41 / BLACK BT41 18 — 5 RW 17 — 4 — 16 — 3 GW* 14 — 1 — 16 U 8 Y 15 NW 7 OG 14 O 40 WU 67 O 42 Y 94 G 15 WU 41 GO 66 RU 93 Y 14 BK 13 BK 5 Y 11 — 69 O 44 U 1 O 18 YB 46 — 19 WG 45 U 20 OG 47 — 25 B 26 YG 52 BW 20 — 10 — 19 — 9 YB 18 — 8 OG 17 WR 7 O 16 O 6 O 15 — 5 — 14 WU 4 NR FC22 / GREEN FC22 13 WR 3 — 12 BK 2 — 11 — 1 YB KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE 24 NW 51 RW 78 U 104 NW 77 GU 103 — 76 GO 50 GW 75 — 102 N 23 WU 49 — 22 WB 48 OG 21 YU 101 RW 74 RW 100 BR 73 WR 99 UY 72 GO 98 GB 71 YR 97 WG 70 GW 96 N 10 9 UY* GR* 2 O 17 OY 43 BG 16 RW 4 3 GW* U* 12 — 95 RU 68 OG BT40 / BLACK 6 NR * Convertible vehicles only. 15 — 2 — BT40 13 GO 39 YU 65 — 92 YB FC14 / GREY 91 BW SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE 3 W 30 U 83 GB 56 OY 82 GR 55 YU 81 GR 2 GW 28 RW 53 R 1 BG 27 GO 79 NG FC14 BODY PROCESSOR MODULE Jaguar XK Range 2003 Control Module Pin Identification 27 28 20 — 19 YB 22 UY 15 WG 14 — 21 O 23 — 24 — 18 — 12 W 11 O 17 YR 6 NG 5 NW 19 — 4 NG 12 OY 20 GW 13 — 5 GU 31 RW 21 UY 1 U 32 BW 22 OY 2 O 33 RW 23 BW 13 — 3 — FC9 34 BW 24 RW 14 — 35 — 25 YU 15 — 5 — 36 — 26 YG 16 — 6 — FC9 / BLACK 4 — 37 — 27 W 17 O 7 — 11 — 18 — 10 WB 3 YR 17 O 2 U DD11 9 Y 16 — 1 NR 8 — 21 RU 38 — 28 G 18 U 8 — 4 UY 19 GB 12 RW 20 WU 5 Y 11 U 17 B 9 U 39 — 29 WU 19 OY 9 — 2 BW 10 BG 18 BO 3 U DD10 / BLUE 13 UY 6 YB 14 GW 22 OG 15 OY 7 O DD10 DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE 22 BW 16 BK 4 BW DD11 / BLACK 21 — 15 Y 3 RW 6 WU 14 BW 13 RW 7 BR 2 RU 1 WR FC8 / BLACK FC8 RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE 16 Y 1 N 8 BK 40 — 30 GU 20 YU 10 — 27 WU 29 W (RHD) 28 GU 30 G 15 — 22 — 7 — 14 — 21 — 6 — 2 G 1 WU 3 W 16 — 12 — 20 GW 5 GU 19 — 4 — 11 — 18 — 3 — 10 — 17 — 2 — DP11 DP11 / BLACK 13 — 4 Y 17 — 6 U 19 O 7 R 20 N 8 G 21 Y FC10 / YELLOW 5 WG 18 W 9 — 22 W 10 — 23 BK 11 U 24 U 12 O 25 O 13 — 26 — 9 — 16 — 1 — 8 — 21 RU 19 — 4 UY 12 RW 20 WU 5 Y 11 U 17 B 2 BW 10 BG 18 BO 3 U DP10 / BLUE 13 UY 6 YB 14 GW 22 OG 15 OY 7 O DP10 PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE 15 — 14 — FC10 OCCUPANCY SENSING MODULE 9 U 16 Y 1 N 8 BK Control Module Pin Identification Jaguar XK Range 2003 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 10 OY 2 NB 9 UY 1 GO 3 O 4 R 12 WG 5 G 13 GU 6 GR 14 GR SD3 / BLACK 11 W 1 WG 14 WU 2 BG 15 YG 3 — 16 — 4 — 17 — 5 W 18 WR 6 WB 19 YB 7 — 20 — 8 Y 21 — 9 — 22 — SD4 / BLACK SD4 10 WR 23 — 11 W 24 — SD5 10 OY 2 NG 1 GO 3 O 11 W 4 R 12 WG 5 G 13 W 6 GR 14 WG SP3 / BLACK SP3 7 WU 15 GW 8 WR 16 NR 1 — 6 — 12 BO 25 — 2 B 7 — 3 OG 8 — 4 UY 9 Y SP5 / BLACK SP5 PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE 8 WR 16 NR 9 UY 7 WU 15 GW SD3 DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE 5 NR 10 U 13 — 26 — 1 BO 6 — 2 B 7 — 3 OG 8 G 4 UY 9 Y SD5 / BLACK 5 NR 10 U 15 BG 7 B 14 Y 13 U 5 UY 12 YU 4 RU 11 W 3 OG SD22 / BLACK 6 G 10 WG 2 — 9 NG 1 N 16 BW 8 — 15 BG 7 B 14 Y 6 G 13 U 5 UY 12 YU 4 RU 11 W 3 OG SP22 / BLACK SP22 10 WG 2 — 9 NG 1 N PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE 16 BW 8 B SD22 DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE Jaguar XK Range 2003 Control Module Pin Identification 29 Fig. 01.1 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location BATTERY BT66 BT67 EYELET EYELET TRUNK / RH SIDE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET COOLING FANS FUSE BOX LF14 LF15 1-WAY / BLACK 1-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH SHOCK ABSORBER TOWER FUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE FC5 FC6 FC90 FC92 FC94 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK EYELET EYELET EYELET FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 LF6 LF7 LF8 LF70 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREEN 10-WAY / BLUE EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONT FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 EM20 EM70 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE FC20 FC21 FC90 FC93 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK EYELET EYELET FASCIA / PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 BT11 BT12 BT13 BT64 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREEN 10-WAY / BLUE EYELET TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 BT61 BT62 BT63 EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE BT44 BT49 2-WAY / BLACK 1-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY GROUNDS Ground Location BT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Main Power Distribution TUNNEL STUD CONNECTOR B BT80 BT79 B BT62 B B BT67 BT60 BT66 BATTERY FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR B BT61 500A B ST1 BT65 B BG 80A LF14 (LHD) PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE – WINDOW LIFT OPERATION (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 15.1 51 NR BT44-2 NW WG VIA INERTIA SWITCH VIA INERTIA SWITCH 10 11 II 25 A BT44-1 R VIA INERTIA SWITCH 2 B B B B BT64 FC90 TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE 1 II O B LF7-9 FC93 FC92 EM20-6 FC90 FC94 LF70 BES41 EM70 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY WG B RG FC6-6 BT49 BT2-14 AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY 2 1 IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY 3 2 I IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY 4 3 II EMS CONTROL RELAY 5 4 II E 5 FC14-97 5 WU 15 WR II I FC14-15 I I FC14-32 1 09.3 1 07.2 2 07.2 2 09.1 09.2 3 09.3 3 09.1 09.2 4 14.1 5 09.1 09.2 6 13.2 20.1 4 5 04.2 6 01.4 09.3 P TRUNK FUSE BOX 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E II I II E E I PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data BATTERY POWER BUS ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS BATTERY POWER BUS IGNITION POWER BUS BATTERY POWER BUS IGNITION POWER BUS BATTERY POWER BUS IGNITION POWER BUS BODY PROCESSOR MODULE BATTERY POWER BUS RELAYS IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS RELAYS I 8 20.1 04.1 ECM CONTROL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) II WU FC21-6 U 9 II WR BT12-9 WG RH2-20 N I RG B+ (BT66) BATTERY POST 04.2 LF15 COOLING FANS FUSE BOX (RHD) 26 7 BES40 B HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE 15.1 03.1 R BT68 DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE – WINDOW LIFT OPERATION (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 6 B FC91 BT63 250A Fig. 01.1 Main Power Distribution ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 01.2 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location FUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE FC5 FC6 FC90 FC92 FC94 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK EYELET EYELET EYELET FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE FC20 FC21 FC90 FC93 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK EYELET EYELET FASCIA / PASSENGER SIDE HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location AC12 20-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE AC16 8-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH BT58 4-WAY / BLACK / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY RH14 2-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY RT1 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 3 Fig. 01.2 Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 2 FC6 -1 F2 10A FC6 -5 NR NW NW NG NG NG NG LFS20 LF1-20 NG R FC6 -8 F4 5A R N N NR NR NR FCS19 FC5 -10 F6 5A 12.1 12.2 10 07.2 11 14.1 12 14.1 NR F1 20A NR F2 10A FC21 -5 F3 FC21 -3 NR NW NR NR FCS5 FC5 -7 F8 10A N N NR FC5 -2 F9 SD1-5 N NW (LHD) NG (RHD) FC6 -2 17 13.2 FC6 -4 F15 25A FC5 -3 NR N NR FCS81 AC16-1 (LHD) AC15-20 (RHD) NR NR RH2-8 NG FC5 -1 F17 10A AC13-14 09.1 09.2 09.3 12.1 12.2 12.3 NW NW ACS3 NW NW NW DDS2 DD1-4 12.4 NW NW 20.1 NR 18 13.2 19 BPM 22 12.1 NW NW F6 10A 20 11.1 21 12.1 NR FC20 -9 NW 12.4 34 11.1 11.2 12.1 35 11.2 11.3 15.1 37 10.1 13.1 13.2 38 17.1 17.2 17.3 30 13.1 31 13.1 32 15.1 33 15.1 36 15.1 15.1 NW N N 12.2 FC20 -4 12.2 N N F8 10A 23 07.2 FC20 -7 24 21.1 N SPS8 SP1-5 25 10.1 NR 21.2 11.1 11.2 11.3 12.1 13.1 13.2 F9 10A FC20 -2 F11 20A FC21 -2 15.1 N 26 01.1 NG NG RH14-2 15.1 NG ICS5 IC2-13 NR NG (LHD) NW (RHD) AC15-2 (LHD) AC16-3 (RHD) NR NR F13 10A 27 20.1 FCS88 FC21 -4 BT58-2 FCS40 NR NG (LHD) NW (RHD) BT2-8 NW 28 20.1 F15 25A NW FCS82 FC20 -3 DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX NR NW AC15-20 (LHD) AC16-1 (RHD) NW NG N 41 07.1 42 11.1 43 12.3 12.4 44 12.3 12.4 45 16.1 16.2 46 16.1 16.2 47 07.2 48 10.2 49 10.2 50 10.1 11.2 51 01.1 15.1 13.1 13.2 15.1 DP1-22 NW NW RH2-13 F17 15A 40 07.1 AC12-20 FCS23 FC20 -10 DD1-22 NR NG DPS2 NR NW NR NW NW NW AC16-3 (LHD) AC15-2 (RHD) NW F13 5A NW 15 BPM 16 06.1 NR NW FC21 -8 F7 20A SDS8 NW (LHD) NG (RHD) F11 20A FCS89 DP1-4 08.1 12.3 RF1-7 NW FC5 -4 NR 13 14.1 14 03.1 29 11.3 SP1-2 NR F5 5A F7 15A NR FC21 -1 F4 5A FC5 -9 F5 15A 11.3 SD1-2 FC6 -3 F3 30A 9 BATTERY POWER BUS BATTERY POWER BUS NR F1 20A BT2-2 NG 52 BPM FC20 -1 PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX BPM 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 NOTE: Body Processor Module appears in numerous Figures. Fig. 01.3 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 LF6 LF7 LF8 LF70 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREEN 10-WAY / BLUE EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONT FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 EM20 EM70 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 BT11 BT12 BT13 BT64 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREEN 10-WAY / BLUE EYELET TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY RH12 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 1 4 BATTERY POWER BUS NR NR F1 5A NR (CONV.) BTS36 BT13 -7 NR NR NW F2 20A BT13 -1 F9 10A BT11 -3 F10 10A BT13 -2 NW NG NG NW NW NG NG F12 20A (CONV.) BTS32 BT12 -3 NG NR BTS4 BT13 -4 NR NR NR BT12 -4 F16 5A NR NR BT1-3 NR BTS44 NR NR ICS11 IC4-10 NR NOTE: ICS11 – TV and VICS only. NG NG NG BTS42 NG NG 55 15.2 56 15.2 57 15.2 NW F9 10A LF6 -3 F10 LF8 -2 F12 LF7 -3 F14 LF8 -4 74 13.2 F1 30A EM20 -1 F2 EM20 -5 F3 25A EM20 -3 58 06.3 59 16.1 60 13.1 16.2 F16 30A LF7 -4 F18 30A LF5 -1 F20 LF5 -3 13.2 YG YG NW NW NR NR NW NR 75 06.1 F4 5A EM20 -8 F5 10A EM19 -9 F6 EM19 -10 F7 EM19 -4 F8 10A EM19 -7 F9 20A EM19 -2 76 06.1 EMS41 NR BTS31 BT10 -3 W BT10 -2 NR W BT2-15 W RH2-15 W WR EM2-15 NW NG NG NG NG YR YR NG NG NR NR 62 15.2 NW LF5 -2 63 15.2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX 64 15.2 65 17.4 17.5 F11 30A EM20 -2 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I 80 04.1 81 05.1 82 04.2 F13 EM20 -4 F15 30A EM19 -3 F17 30A EM19 -1 83 04.2 84 04.1 85 01.6 66 17.5 67 17.4 17.5 68 17.5 69 16.2 70 16.2 71 15.2 72 15.2 73 03.1 ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX 8 79 03.1 77 06.4 TRUNK FUSE BOX 1 78 01.6 61 15.2 PI1-12 1 NR NW IC4-2 NR F22 5A 54 15.2 IC4-1 BT10 -1 F20 20A (CONV.) RELAYS Fig. 01.1 15.2 RH12-10 NR F18 30A 11.3 F22 5A NR F14 40A (CONV.) 53 09.3 BATTERY POWER BUS NR (COUPE) 5 BATTERY POWER BUS RELAYS Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.3 Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 86 07.2 87 07.2 Fig. 01.4 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE FC20 FC21 FC90 FC93 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK EYELET EYELET FASCIA / PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 BT11 BT12 BT13 BT64 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREEN 10-WAY / BLUE EYELET TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER RELAYS Relay Connector / Color Location ACCESSORY RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R6 HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location BT58 4-WAY / BLACK / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY RH14 2-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) 2 IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS I G F10 5A FC21 -7 F12 5A FC21 -10 F14 20A FC20 -8 F16 5A FC20 -5 F18 FC20 -6 G W W IC2-12 WU WU WU WU 6 I 17.1 17.2 7 I 16.1 16.2 8 I 20.1 9 17.4 I 17.3 17.5 PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX WR 10 20.1 I WR 11 20.1 I WG 12 19.1 I WU 13 17.4 I WU 14 17.5 I WU 15 17.5 I WU 16 17.5 I WU 17 17.5 I WU 18 17.5 I WR F11 10A BT12-1 BTS38 WR 1 3 5 1 RH14-1 WG F13 5A 1 WR BT58-1 R6 BT12-5 BTS12 2 ACCESSORY RELAY 12 WR I WG IC4-11 BT11-6 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I ICS10 NOTE: ICS10 – TV and VICS only. TRUNK FUSE BOX 1 WU 17.5 I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location FUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE FC5 FC6 FC90 FC92 FC94 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK EYELET EYELET EYELET FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 LF6 LF7 LF8 LF70 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREEN 10-WAY / BLUE EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONT FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 BT11 BT12 BT13 BT64 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREEN 10-WAY / BLUE EYELET TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH BT3 20-WAY / YELLOW / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR FC49 12-WAY /BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO RAIN SENSOR LINK HARNESS BELOW RH BLOWER LF3 13-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LF59 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW / ROOF HARNESS TO INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR LINK HARNESS ROOF CONSOLE RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY RH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE RH13 12-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY RT1 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) 3 Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) 1 19 12.1 II 12.2 18.1 WG 20 12.3 II 12.4 18.1 SD1-13 WG W SPS6 SP1-13 WG W IGNITION POWER BUS W F10 10A FCS44 FC6 -7 W WU F12 10A WU WU FCS8 FC6 -10 WU WG WG RHS3 RH9-20 WR WR RF1-1 WR F16 5A 09.3 2 07.2 WU 27 07.2 II RELAYS WU 28 07.2 II WU 29 06.2 II WU 30 04.2 II WG 31 12.1 II 12.2 WG 32 12.3 II 12.4 WG 33 03.1 II 08.1 WR 34 09.1 II 09.2 WR 36 07.2 II WR 37 05.1 II WR 38 05.1 II WR 39 05.1 II WR 40 14.1 II FC49-1 W F18 10A EM1-1 FC5 -6 46 RW 41 17.1 II W 42 04.1 II WU 43 21.1 II WR 44 06.3 II NW 45 04.2 II WB 47 05.1 II WU 48 03.1 II WR 49 06.4 II Y 50 09.4 II WR 51 09.4 II WR 52 13.2 II WR 53 09.4 II WR 54 09.4 II WR 55 09.4 II WR 56 09.2 II 09.4 WR 57 09.2 II 09.4 WU 58 06.1 II RW W* 59 04.2 II RH2-4 WR NW BTS11 NW TRUNK FUSE BOX 4 II 09.3 11.3 WB F1 10A LF8 -7 F2 5A LF8 -1 LF40-13 WU WU LF3-13 PI1-13 WR 06.1 WR LF59-4 WR RH13-11 BT3-20 WR F3 5A 17.3 LFS5 LF8 -8 WR LF60-9 DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX WU F4 5A LF8 -9 F5 10A LF6 -2 RW W* LF40-10 WR * NOTE: Early production vehicles. LF5 -9 60 II 1 07.2 2 09.1 09.2 RELAYS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I 21.2 II 35 07.2 II WR WU BT1-8 BT10 -9 1 FCS63 FC5 -5 23 18.1 II 26 07.1 II WR EMS15 BT11 -2 WU RF2-1 EM2-3 F5 30A 25 07.2 II WR WR BT13 -9 WU WG FCS29 FC5 -8 22 18.2 II BT13 -8 F4 5A 24 18.2 II AC13-16 F14 10A 21 18.2 II WU F3 5A W ACS17 AC15-3 II WG IGNITION POWER BUS W IGNITION POWER BUS II I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 EM20 EM70 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS Relay Connector / Color Location HO2S HEATER RELAY – BANK 1 EM62 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS HO2S HEATER RELAY – BANK 2 EM61 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH EM3 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR IJ1 6-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ADJACENT TO AIR INTAKE MANIFOLD IJ2 6-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ADJACENT TO AIR INTAKE MANIFOLD LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION PI2 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY GROUNDS Ground Location EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Engine Management Switched Power Distribution Engine Management Switched Power Distribution 5 E WR 61 04.1 E WR 62 04.1 E NW 63 04.2 E NG 64 04.1 E NG 65 04.1 E WG 66 04.1 E WG 67 04.1 E WU 68 04.1 E WU 69 04.1 E WU 70 04.1 E WU 71 04.2 E WU 72 04.2 E WU 73 04.2 E WU 74 04.1 E WU 75 04.1 E WU 76 04.1 E W 77 04.1 E BR 78 04.2 E BR 79 04.2 E BR 80 04.2 E BR 81 04.2 E BR 82 04.2 E BR 83 04.2 E BR 84 04.2 E BR 85 04.2 E BR 86 04.2 E BR 87 04.2 E BR 88 04.2 E BR 89 04.2 E BR 90 04.2 E BR 91 04.2 E BR 92 04.2 E BR 93 04.2 E ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS WR F10 10A EM20 -7 F12 15A EM20 -10 EMS7 EM62 YR 85 4 3 5 1 2 NG EMS47 WU B HO2S HEATER RELAY BANK 1 EM61 YG 78 3 4 5 WG EMS46 1 WU 2 B B EMS36 EM1AR (EM2AR) HO2S HEATER RELAY BANK 2 WU WU EM3-5 WU F14 10A BT1-7 WU EMS30 EM19 -8 WU RH2-19 LF40-7 WU LF40-12 WU LF40-5 WU WU PIS8 PI2-1 F16 5A EM19 -5 BR F18 10A EM19 -6 BR (N/A) PIS2 PI1-30 BR BR IJS1 IJ1-1 (SC) PIS2 BR ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I BR IJ2-1 I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground IJS2 A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 01.6 Fig. 02.1 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location IGNITION SWITCH FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN INERTIA SWITCH AC10 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO LH FASCIA FUSE BOX HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE AC16 8-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY GROUNDS Ground Location FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Ignition Switched Ground Distribution I I I I II II II II III III III III IGNITION SWITCH (OFF) IGNITION SWITCH (I) IGNITION SWITCH (II) Ignition Switched Ground Distribution IGNITION SWITCH (III) WU I WU WR FC4-2 II BK WU WU BK FCS48 FC4-5 FCS26 FC4-3 WU III FC3BL GO FC4-1 1 WU BPM AC13-2 GU IGNITION SWITCH AC10-3 GU GU EM2-11 AC16-7 RG WU WU AC16-2 AC10-2 RG RG AC10-1 AC16-8 RG FCS25 RG RG RG RH2-9 WR II 01.1 3 II 03.1 13.2 4 II 21.1 21.2 5 II BPM 6 II 04.2 06.3 7 II 03.1 04.1 8 II BPM 9 01.1 II LF60-8 INERTIA SWITCH 2 WR RH2-10 RG 10 01.1 II WR 11 01.1 I WR 12 01.4 I WR 13 10.2 I WR 14 13.2 I WR 15 BPM I WR 16 07.1 I WR 17 21.1 I BT1-16 BT1-18 FCS20 WR AC13-1 BPM 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data 09.3 21.2 NOTE: Body Processor Module appears in numerous Figures. VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 02.1 Fig. 03.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS I I I I I O D B+ S S D FC14-32 FC14-33 FC14-41 FC14-58 FC14-67 FC14-72 FC14-73 FC14-80 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-92 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II) : GROUND ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED KEY-IN-IGNITION: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED ENGINE START REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ SCP – SCP + OK TO FUEL SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location BATTERY BT66 BT67 EYELET EYELET TRUNK / RH SIDE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE GENERATOR PI50 ST11 3-WAY / BLACK EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 BT61 BT62 BT63 EYELET EYELET EYELET EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY Engine Control Module IGNITION SWITCH FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 20-WAY / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA I I I O I C C Pin Description and Characteristic EM80-06 EM80-10 EM80-31 EM80-41 EM80-79 EM80-123 EM80-124 ENGINE CRANK: B+ INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNING: CAN – CAN + Key Transponder Module NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC12 3-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE STARTER MOTOR ST3 ST10 EYELET EYELET ENGINE BLOCK TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY RELAYS
Pin Description and Characteristic D D D SG I D FC22-07 FC22-08 FC22-09 FC22-12 FC22-14 FC22-17 READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION OK TO FUEL: ENCODED COMMUNICATION LOGIC GROUND: GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II): GROUND SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATION Relay Connector / Color Location STARTER RELAY EM50 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS Location ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR Major Instrument Cluster EM60 2-WAY / BLACK / STARTER LINK HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD
Pin Description and Characteristic PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION B+ SG C S S I PG C FC25-01 FC25-04 FC25-11 FC25-13 FC25-14 FC25-15 FC25-16 FC25-23 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND CAN + SCP + SCP – BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND CAN – SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN GROUNDS Transmission Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic O GB2-10 PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED Ground Location BT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Battery; Starter; Generator FALSE BULKHEAD STUD CONNECTOR B BT80 BT61 500A B B BT67 BT66 BT60 R BT63 250A B ST1 01.1 BT62 B Fig. 03.1 Battery; Starter; Generator 15 01.1 N B FC14-80 BATTERY BT68 HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE VIA INERTIA SWITCH 8 RG II 15 WR I KEY-IN I FC14-33 I FC14-32 O I FC4-4 FC14-67 I II BK BK FCS48 FC4-5 III FC3BL GO GO 1 FC4-1 I FC14-41 IGNITION SWITCH 3 WU II I FC22-14 YB D FC22-9 B O O SC12-1 OG B D SC1-3 SC12-2 WR D FC22-7 FC22-17 OG SC1-4 D OK TO FUEL FC14-92 D SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE FC14-73 D BK FC22-8 READER / EXCITER COIL FC22-12 BK FCS47 FC3BR COLUMN SWITCHGEAR KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE BK BK FCS47 FC3BR R 14 B – U S WG B II NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH 21.1 21.1 + S 21.1 U 21.1 Y FC25-13 FC25-1 G O GO GB2-10 APPLIED ONLY WHEN INERTIA SWITCH IS TRIPPED FCS48 B C – C Y FCS49 21.1 FC25-11 FC25-4 B P G PATS; GENERATOR WARNING 21.1 7 GU II 21.1 + O P I P, N Y I ENGINE CRANK O NW 3 5 WR G 1 2 O EMS29 EM80-31 ENGINE START REQUEST 79 G I EM80-10 EM50 BODY PROCESSOR MODULE GO EM80-6 EM1-15 STARTER RELAY O EM80-41 C + WR EM80-124 21.1 FC25-23 FC25-16 FC4BR (FC2BR) FC3BL + S FC14-72 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM BK – FC14-85 P, N BK S FC14-84 SECURITY STATUS Y I FC14-58 FC25-14 FC25-15 33 YB FC87-1 FC87-3 G EM80-123 73 WR B B PI50-3 MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 48 WU II ST10 B PI50-2 STARTER MOTOR Y Y I EM80-79 PI1-11 PI50-1 FAULT; CHARGE WARNING B ST11 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II WR EM60-2 ST3 C – E E I GENERATOR I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 B STS1 6 B Fig. 04.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Engine Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS O O PG PG I I I SS SS SG SG SG SG B+ B+ B+ SG SG I I SG O O SG I SG SG I O SG O O O O O O O O I SG I I I I I I I I O SG SG I I SG O O I SG I I SG I I I D O I I O O SG SG C C I I I SG B+ EM80-01 EM80-02 EM80-04 EM80-05 EM80-06 EM80-07 EM80-10 EM80-12 EM80-13 EM80-17 EM80-18 EM80-19 EM80-20 EM80-22 EM80-23 EM80-24 EM80-29 EM80-30 EM80-31 EM80-36 EM80-37 EM80-40 EM80-41 EM80-43 EM80-44 EM80-45 EM80-46 EM80-50 EM80-52 EM80-54 EM80-55 EM80-56 EM80-57 EM80-58 EM80-59 EM80-60 EM80-66 EM80-67 EM80-68 EM80-69 EM80-70 EM80-71 EM80-72 EM80-73 EM80-75 EM80-76 EM80-78 EM80-79 EM80-80 EM80-81 EM80-82 EM80-83 EM80-84 EM80-91 EM80-92 EM80-93 EM80-94 EM80-95 EM80-98 EM80-99 EM80-100 EM80-102 EM80-103 EM80-104 EM80-105 EM80-106 EM80-107 EM80-108 EM80-109 EM80-110 EM80-111 EM80-116 EM80-123 EM80-124 EM80-127 EM80-128 EM80-129 EM80-130 EM80-134 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE POWER GROUND 1: GROUND POWER GROUND 2: GROUND ENGINE CRANK: B+ IGNITION ON: B+ INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 V SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 1: GROUND SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUND SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+ EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+ HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUND MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUND HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE EGR DRIVE 1: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN EGR DRIVE 2: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN EGR DRIVE 3: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN EGR DRIVE 4: B+; EGR DRIVE 1, 2 , 3 AND 4 ARE OPERATED IN TURN EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 100% EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.60 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.30 V THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.48 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.40 V ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES GENERATOR FAULT; CHARGE WARNING: THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT HO2 SENSOR HEATERS 1/2, 2/2 GROUND: GROUND HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100% HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100% BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND BANK 1 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION BANK 2 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.75 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.40 V (AUTO) 3.20 (MAN) ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.38 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 2.05 V (AUTO) 2.14 V (MAN) FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100% BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100% FUEL INJECTORS 2, 3, 5, 8 GROUND: GROUND FUEL INJECTORS 1, 4, 6, 7 GROUND: GROUND CAN – CAN + MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUND THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location APP SENSOR EM6 6- WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE BOOSTER CKP SENSOR PI17 3-WAY / BLACK ENGINE UNDERSIDE / FORWARD OF BELL HOUSING CMP SENSOR 1 PI16 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CAMSHAFT COVER, FRONT CMP SENSOR 2 PI15 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CAMSHAFT COVER, FRONT ECM COOLING FAN EM64 2-WAY / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE ECT SENSOR PI4 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE VEE / COOLANT OUTLET CASTING EFT SENSOR PI24 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL / RH REAR EGR VALVE PI34 6-WAY / GREY N/A: INTAKE MANIFOLD / RH FRONT SC: INTAKE MANIFOLD / REAR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE EOT SENSOR PI38 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO OIL FILTER EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE BT14 2-WAY / BLACK ABOVE RH REAR AXLE / FUEL TANK COMPONENTS EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE LF99 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER FTP SENSOR FT2 3-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK PIPING / LH SIDE (UNDER ACCESS PLATE) HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2 EM22 4-WAY / BLACK RH EXHAUST, CATALYST CENTER HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2 EM24 4-WAY / BLACK LH EXHAUST, CATALYST CENTER HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1 EM21 4-WAY / GREY RH EXHAUST / TOP OF CATALYST HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1 EM23 4-WAY / GREY LH EXHAUST / TOP OF CATALYST IAT SENSOR 2 PI3 2-WAY / GREY INTAKE MANIFOLD / RH REAR IP SENSOR PI43 3-WAY / BLACK N/A: FUEL RAIL / RH FRONT SC: FUEL RAIL / LH REAR KNOCK SENSOR 1 PI26 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE / BANK 1 KNOCK SENSOR 2 PI27 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE / BANK 2 MAF SENSOR PI35 5-WAY / BLACK ENGINE AIR INTAKE / ADJACENT TO AIR CLEANER MAP SENSOR PI25 4-WAY / BLACK N/A: INTAKE MANIFOLD / LOWER REAR SC: INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR / BELOW THROTTLE ASSEMBLY THROTTLE MOTOR PI33 2-WAY / BLACK N/A: ENGINE AIR INTAKE / FRONT SC: ENGINE AIR INTAKE / REAR TP SENSOR PI6 4-WAY / BLACK THROTTLE BODY / THROTTLE SHAFT VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 PI31 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD / FRONT VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2 PI32 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD / FRONT RELAYS Relay Connector / Color Location THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY EM16 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR EM3 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR FT1 10-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP LINK HARNESS FUEL TANK / REAR LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION PI2 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY GROUNDS Ground Location EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 EM80-045 O G EM80-046 I EM80-071 I EM80-070 I EM80-019 I EM80-078 I EM80-073 I EM80-050 GW B GR I EM80-127 I EM80-104 I EM80-102 I EM80-103 EM80-013 EM80-043 EM80-017 EM80-018 P EM80-005 EM80-029 EM80-054 EM80-091 P EM80-004 EM80-030 EM80-111 EM80-116 I EM80-075 O EM80-080 O EM80-106 O EM80-057 O EM80-058 O EM80-059 O EM80-060 I EM80-072 O EM80-067 O EM80-066 O EM80-110 O EM80-109 EM80-081 B EM1AL (EM2AL) B EM1AR (EM2AR) B BG RG OY OY Y BG BG YG OY BG U BG O BW GW W N WU W N O B N G Y WG W Y N NG W U N OY RG OY BW RG BG RH1 -8 EM1 -4 OY BW BG W W EM1 -10 OY OY PI2-12 W PI1-4 PI1-1 PI1-3 PI2-2 PI2-3 PI2-7 PI2-8 PI2-9 75 PI2-10 PI1-56 O EM3-7 E O RH2-18 LF40-8 70 68 E PI1-15 B PI31 -2 -1 PI32 -2 -1 LF99 -2 E -1 BT14 -1 -2 PI34 -3 PI3 -1 -2 PI34 -6 PI34 -1 PI34 -4 PI34 -2 4 3 2 1 STEPPER MOTOR 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 E E I E 2 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE * IAT SENSOR 2 *** + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground PI33 -2 PI33 -1 EGR VALVE A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data PI6 -1 PI6 -3 PI6 -2 TP1 TP2 PI6 -4 EM6 -2 EM6 -5 EM6 -4 EM6 -1 EM6 -6 EM6 -3 PI34 -5 THROTTLE MOTOR PI1-16 1 76 BT1-6 υ II RH1 -10 EMS1 B II RG BG W W OY PIS9 VVT SOLENOID VALVES ** E RH1 -9 EMS2 1 II PI2 -13 PIS1 PIS15 I PI2 -11 PI1-6 PI1-14 EM1BL (EM2BL) I PI2 -10 BG B BK EM1BR (EM2BR) PI2 -9 EM1 -9 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (Continued Fig. 04.3) EMS99 PI1 -5 W BG OY BG G N G R YU YG Y YR YG O UY OG OY EM80-020 EM80-076 -53 EMS9 O I -54 R EM80-044 -52 BT2 -3 BG EM80-099 I BT2 -5 RG EM80-098 I EM80-069 FT1 -3 OY I EM80-068 FT1 -1 BT2 -4 Y EM80-094 PI1 -55 EM80-082 EMS36 FT2 -1 -2 -3 PI1 -20 -19 BG EM80-036 I EM80-052 EMS37 -2 PI25 -2 -1 -4 OY I THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY EMS38 -1 PI24 -1 BG EM80-037 O I O BK BK B B B B B B B B B B -2 OY Y E -2 PI43 -3 G U EM80-134 69 -1 PI38 -1 υ N 2 PI4 -2 BG WU 1 -5 G EM80-093 I 4 5 -4 R O PI1 -18 -17 WU EM80-129 EMS5 PI1 -25 -26 -24 WU EM80-092 I PI1 -28 -29 -27 YU EM80-128 O I EM80-031 3 -2 υ BG EM80-130 I EM80-079 NG -3 υ W EM80-056 EM80-012 84 FTP SENSOR * PIS10 PI1 -21 -23 -22 YG EM80-055 O EMS8 Y O W W EM80-108 W W W I W EMS4 W EM80-107 EM80-095 EM80-041 EM16 MAP SENSOR FT1 -2 W I EM80-100 GO 03.1 EFT SENSOR E W EM80-002 R Y RU RU G N UY UY BR N U N Y P Y G N BG B O N N GW BW BW O UY BG YG U YG OY Y RG R Y YR D EM80-040 05.1 PI27 -2 -1 W EM80-001 O EM80-006 PARK; NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) IP SENSOR 74 W EM80-084 O C – O 03.1 PI26 -2 -1 E W I EM80-105 STARTER RELAY DRIVE PI35 -1 67 E EOT SENSOR IATS 2 PI15 -2 W C + G 03.1 PI15 -1 BG Y EM80-123 GENERATOR: FAULT; CHARGE WARNING PI16 -1 W EM80-083 I EM80-010 01.1 PI16 -2 YG GU EM80-124 EMS CONTROL RELAY (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 65 PI17 -2 W EM80-007 03.1 PI17 -1 -2 W I II 21.2 -3 -1 WU W 21.1 1 ECT SENSOR υ O B EM80-024 21.1 -2 EM24 -4 WU EM80-023 II -3 -1 UY B I OG WG 7 EM22 -4 E B 62 E ENGINE CRANK -2 66 OY WG E SERIAL COMMUNICATION -4 -1 E 61 42 2 MAF SENSOR B EM80-022 APPLIED ONLY WHEN INERTIA SWITCH IS TRIPPED EM23 -3 64 NR 80 KNOCK SENSORS λ P ECM COOLING FAN -2 N UY R EM80-38 -4 -1 G EM64-1 EM21 -3 O NG B EM64-2 1 2/2 λ U WG U Y RU W E 1/2 CMP SENSORS Shielding shown as dashed lines are braided wires. BRD 77 2/1 CKP SENSOR YG 1/1 HO2 SENSORS DOWNSTREAM BG HO2 SENSORS UPSTREAM Fig. 04.1 4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 1 UY NOTES: * Evap Canister Close Valve and Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor – NAS vehicles only. ** VVT Solenoid Valves – Normally Aspirated engine only. *** IAT Sensor 2 – Supercharged engine only. 4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 1 BG Jaguar XK Range 2003 TP SENSOR THROTTLE BODY VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 APP2 APP SENSOR APP1 Fig. 04.2 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Engine Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS I I SS O SG I O O I I I O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O I I I EM80-08 EM80-09 EM80-12 EM80-14 EM80-19 EM80-25 EM80-27 EM80-34 EM80-47 EM80-48 EM80-49 EM80-51 EM80-61 EM80-62 EM80-63 EM80-64 EM80-85 EM80-87 EM80-88 EM80-89 EM80-90 EM80-112 EM80-113 EM80-114 EM80-115 EM80-117 EM80-118 EM80-119 EM80-120 EM80-121 EM80-131 EM80-132 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V AIR CLEANER SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND FUEL PUMP MODULE MONITOR: PWM, 1 Hz, 50% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NORMAL, 25% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NO CONTROL SIGNAL, 75% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = FUEL PUMP INOPERATIVE FUEL PUMP DRIVE SIGNAL (TO FUEL PUMP MODULE): PWM, 150 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51% AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95% IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 8: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT ON: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 7: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 8: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 7: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2: PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH FC63 10-WAY / NATURAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. AIR CLEANER SOLENOID VALVE LF13 2-WAY / BLACK AIR CLEANER HOUSING AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI36 1-WAY / BLACK LOWER LH SIDE OF ENGINE AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR LF20 6-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH SIDE / HIGH PRESSURE REFRIGERANT LINE, BETWEEN COMPRESSOR AND CONDENSER BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH AC24 4-WAY / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH AC24 4-WAY / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL COOLING FAN – LH GC2 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT COOLING FAN – RH GC1 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT COOLING FAN MODULE LF35 LF36 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / COOLING PACK, LOWER RH SIDE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE FUEL INJECTOR 1 PI7 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL FUEL INJECTOR 2 PI11 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL FUEL INJECTOR 3 PI8 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL FUEL INJECTOR 4 PI12 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL FUEL INJECTOR 5 PI9 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL FUEL INJECTOR 6 PI13 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL FUEL INJECTOR 7 PI10 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL FUEL INJECTOR 8 PI14 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL FUEL PUMP FT3 6-WAY / NATURAL FUEL TANK EVAPORATIVE FLANGE FUEL PUMP MODULE BT18 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH REAR FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 BT11 BT12 BT13 BT64 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREEN 10-WAY / BLUE EYELET TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 PI51 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 PI55 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 PI52 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 PI56 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 PI53 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 PI57 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 7 PI54 4-WAY / BLACK RH CYLINDER HEAD IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 8 PI58 4-WAY / BLACK LH CYLINDER HEAD INTERCOOLER COOLANT PUMP EM75 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RH SIDE / ADJACENT TO RADIATOR STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SW2 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL RELAYS Relay Connector / Color Location AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY EM17 / BROWN LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS IGNITION COIL RELAY EM26 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS STOP LAMP RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R5 HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR EM3 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR FT1 10-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP LINK HARNESS FUEL TANK / REAR IJ1 6-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ADJACENT TO AIR INTAKE MANIFOLD IJ2 6-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ADJACENT TO AIR INTAKE MANIFOLD LF3 13-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY RH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE RH13 12-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN SW1 12-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL GROUNDS The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated Ground Location BT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST LF2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH PI1 ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT COVER CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 FUEL INJECTORS FRONT OF ENGINE 1 O EM80-113 O EM80-117 O EM80-115 O EM80-119 O EM80-118 O EM80-112 O EM80-087 O EM80-088 I EM80-132 O EM80-089 O EM80-090 O EM80-061 O EM80-062 I EM80-131 O EM80-063 O EM80-064 O EM80-034 O EM80-051 O EM80-027 I EM80-025 I EM80-008 I EM80-009 EM80-019 EM80-012 I EM80-121 O EM80-014 O EM80-085 I EM80-049 I EM80-047 I EM80-048 3 5 7 2 RG 4 6 RG 8 EM17 RG 5 3 NG RW 2 1 WU 83 E E N/A 81 E N/A 82 E N/A 83 E N/A 84 E N/A 85 E N/A 86 SC 87 SC 88 SC 89 SC 90 SC 91 SC 92 SC 93 SC B0 PI1 -32 **IJ2 -2 PI1 -33 PI1 -34 E **IJ2 -3 PI1 -35 E **IJ2 -4 PI1 -36 E **IJ2 -5 PI1 -37 RW GU YG B RW YG B RW GO GW YG B RW GB YG B RW GW YG B RW RG RG PI1-57 PI36-1 RW II PIS5 PI1-50 RW RW RW RW PI1 -38 4 3 2 B 1 NW W B B B B B B 82 59 II EMS37 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH B B EM26 5 RW B AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY RW RW RW RW *NOTE: Ignition Coil Relay and circuit to PI1-50 – early production vehicles only. 59 BW **IJ1 -5 E BG **IJ1 -4 E BO **IJ1 -3 E GO YG B RW GU YG B RW 80 E 71 PI51 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI52 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI53 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI54 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI55 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI56 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI57 -4 -2 -3 -1 PI58 -4 -2 -3 -1 N/A BG BO BG BW BG BO BG BW GU GR YG GO GW GB GW YG GO GU EM1AL (EM2AL) IGNITION COIL RELAY * BG 7 B FANS LF36-1 WU 72 E PIS13 LF35-2 B PIS11 B OY GC2-B PI1AS LH COOLING FAN PIS12 O GC2-A OG O R O G O PI1-40 PI1-45 YG PI1-49 GC1-B GC1-A PI1-44 RH COOLING FAN PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-42 YG W PI1-48 I LF35-1 PI1-41 B PI1-43 RW W W W U U BG OY WU OG P LF36-2 LF2AS LF3-10 U U EM3-6 BG EMS1 OG YU WU YR YG LF40-6 EM3-4 EM3-3 EM3-2 EM3-1 COOLING FAN MODULE EM1-8 AC13-15 EMS2 YU WU YR YG ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (Continued from Fig. 04.1) OY WU II W W EM2-9 RG 10.2 FC63 -10 SC3-3 RH13-2 W DIMMER OVERRIDE W BT1-13 W EM2-19 BT1-4 RH13-3 510 Ω FC63 -7 WU 270 Ω W 1Κ Ω B FC63 -9 B FK4-2 FC63 FCS50 -8 R FK1-6 O BT18-4 R FT1-4 FT3-6 YR FUEL PUMP FC4BL (FC2BL) ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH ** YG YG SW2-3 I BT18-3 W YU NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 04.1. RESUME B BT18-5 LF3-8 LF3-9 SC3-4 NW 45 LF3-7 B FK1-5 FT3-5 O BT18-1 YR FT1-5 O BT18-2 FK4-1 B FUEL TANK 2.2κ Ω A/CCM: COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ACTIVATED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 07.1 EM2-6 -2 GR YG B RW PI14 -1 BR BR -2 BR PI13 -1 BW -2 BG PI12 -1 BO -2 BR PI11 -1 BG -2 BR PI10 -1 BW -2 E BG EM80-114 PI9 -1 79 PI1 -31 EM80-120 -2 N/A **IJ1 -2 ** NOTE: IJ1 and IJ2 – Supercharged engine only. O 1 8 E E O 6 4 BG 78 CYLINDER NUMBERING PI8 -1 BW 7 -2 BR PI7 -1 BG 5 BG 6 IGNITION MODULES AND COILS 2 7 EMS26 BR 3 5 Fig. 04.2 4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 2 4 B0 4 3 BR 1 BG 2 8 4.2L V8 Engine Management: Part 2 BT18-6 ** NOTE: Component and feature to be added at mid-2003 MY. BT2AL SW1-3 73 CASSETTE 30 FUEL PUMP MODULE 6 II E 1κ Ω II U U AC13-3 WU OG U WU BG OY WU OG 300 Ω WU SET + 510 Ω RH9-17 U 180 Ω SET – LF13 -2 -1 LF20 -3 -2 -1 AC24 -2 -3 AC24 -4 OG 120 Ω CANCEL NW 63 YR E YR SW2-4 B EM75-2 SW1-4 B STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 E I II I II E E I U (COUPE) RHS4 BT1-17 BT11-8 OG BT1-9 R5 BT11-5 3 2 1 BT11-9 BT11-7 I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH A ACP S SCP C CAN D F6 5A STOP LAMP RELAY Serial and Encoded Data TRUNK FUSE BOX VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 1 F8 5A OG BTS5 5 BT11-4 NOTE: Vehicles with Adaptive Speed Control – refer to Figure 06.4 for Speed Control Switch details. 1 (CONV) NOTE: BTS5 – Adaptive Damping only. EM1AL (EM2AL) AIR CLEANER SOLENOID VALVE (SUPERCHARGED ONLY) 1 U OG RH1-19 EM75-1 EMS37 INTERCOOLER COOLANT PUMP (SUPERCHARGED ONLY) CASSETTE RESISTOR PACK II U RH9-17 -1 U BT1-17 1 Fig. 05.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS O I I O O I B+ S S B+ FC14-07 FC14-15 FC14-32 FC14-48 FC14-51 FC14-58 FC14-80 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-104 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS: GROUND (N) IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE KEY LOCK SOLENOID DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ SCP – SCP + BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID FC86 2-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE FC88 10-WAY / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY KEYLOCK SOLENOID (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC5 2-WAY / BLUE STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE LINEAR SWITCH MODULE FC100 12-WAY / GREY LH SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) FC35 10-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY POSITION ALIGNMENT SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) FC105 4-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO LINEAR SWITCH MODULE / J GATE J Gate Illumination Module TRANSMISSION CAPACITOR EM69 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD
Pin Description and Characteristic TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY B+ C C PG C C FC88-01 FC88-03 FC88-04 FC88-06 FC88-08 FC88-09 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ CAN – CAN + POWER GROUND: GROUND CAN – CAN + HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN GROUNDS Linear Switch Module
Pin Description and Characteristic O C C B+ I I C C I PG FC100-01 FC100-02 FC100-03 FC100-04 FC100-05 FC100-06 FC100-07 FC100-08 FC100-09 FC100-11 MODE SWITCH STATUS DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE LINEAR LSM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND CAN – CAN + IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS: GROUND (N) POSITION ALIGNMENT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED CAN – CAN + SPORT MODE ACTIVATE: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED POWER GROUND: GROUND Ground Location EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. Transmission Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic C C B+ O PG B+ PG GB2-02 GB2-06 GB2-09 GB2-10 GB2-13 GB2-14 GB2-16 CAN – CAN + IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ PARK / NEUTRAL SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED POWER GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Automatic Transmission CAN GB2-9 04.1 03.1 EMS29 O EMS44 B Y 21.1 O 4 O 3 O 2 O 1 C + B FC100-3 21.1 C – FC100-2 O Y 21.1 WR 38 II FC100-4 G 5 O GB2-10 NR NR 81 G G TCC PRESSURE REGULATOR SOLENOID 6 O ECM: PARK, NEUTRAL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) REFER TO APPENDIX: TCM, J GATE, LINEAR SWITCH MODULE / CAN MESSAGES SHIFT SOLENOID O B II RU FC35 -7 FC100-1 C + FC100-8 PRESSURE REGULATOR SOLENOIDS G 21.1 C – 270 Ω 2Κ Ω WB 47 MODE STATE RG FC100-7 WR υ I I B RU FC35 -9 RU CAPACITOR I EMS43 B B B FCS46 P GB2-16 P FC100-11 I FC2BR (FC4BR) I BW B BK FCS47 FC105-3 FC105-1 FC100-6 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR I FC35 -1 MODE SWITCH I GB2-13 BK FC35 -2 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR P 10Κ Ω NORMAL FC100-5 DIMMER-CONTROLLED LIGHTING 10.2 FC35 -5 SPORT 10Κ Ω EM69-2 EM2AL (EM1AL) 39 II RU FC100-9 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR EM69-1 DIMMER OVERRIDE 510 Ω FC35 -8 NR B 10.2 FC35 -10 GB2-14 B Fig. 05.1 Automatic Transmission FC3BR POSITION ALIGNMENT SWITCH LINEAR SWITCH MODULE P R I N D I GEAR POSITION SWITCH 5 LOGIC I Y SOLENOIDS NW B I 21.1 I 21.1 GB2-2 – 4 3 Y C 330 Ω + 330 Ω – 330 Ω + C 330 Ω – C FC88 -4 C FC88 -3 FC88 -9 OG G GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID Y RU 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E II I II E E I O FC14-7 21.1 FC14-51 21.1 RW RW O G SC1-1 B SC5-1 SC5-2 B SC1-2 B FCS49 FC4BR (FC2BR) BK BK FCS47 BK FCS47 FC3BR YB FC87-3 FC87-1 KEYLOCK SOLENOID I P FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH COLUMN SWITCHGEAR BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 1 B FCS46 FC86-2 FC2BR (FC4BR) 21.1 BK FC88 -6 330 Ω B FC86-1 21.1 FC88 -8 330 Ω BRAKE ON / OFF 21.1 II J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE I 21.1 FC14-48 FC3BR NOTE: J Gate Illumination Module – CAN “listen only” node for gear selector position indicators. I FC14-85 37 FC88 -1 330 Ω P 2 II Y S O WR B D 15 U S AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION N WR FC14-84 + R 5 FC14-32 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE P WU FC14-15 G 19 FC14-104 GB2-6 – C 15 FC14-80 3 + C N B 4 I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 06.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Dynamic Stability Control Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS B+ – B+ SG I SS SG I C C PG SS SS SG I SG C SS SS I C SS O B+ SG I I SG I I SG I I SG PG LF37-01 LF37-03 LF37-04 LF37-05 LF37-06 LF37-07 LF37-08 LF37-09 LF37-11 LF37-15 LF37-16 LF37-17 LF37-18 LF37-19 LF37-20 LF37-24 LF37-25 LF37-26 LF37-27 LF37-28 LF37-29 LF37-30 LF37-31 LF37-32 LF37-33 LF37-34 LF37-36 LF37-37 LF37-38 LF37-40 LF37-42 LF37-43 LF37-45 LF37-46 LF37-47 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – PUMP: B+ STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL (A): PULSED SIGNAL IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+ SENSOR GROUND – YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS: GROUND STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL (B): PULSED SIGNAL YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL: BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND CAN + CAN – POWER GROUND – VALVES: GROUND ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER SOLENOID SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V SENSOR GROUND – BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR: GROUND BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0.5 – 4.5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER TRAVEL SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND CAN – (LOCAL) ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER TRAVEL SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER FORCE SWITCH NORMALLY OPEN (NOMINAL 5 V): OPEN / CLOSED CIRCUIT ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER FORCE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND CAN + (LOCAL) ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER FORCE SWITCH NORMALLY CLOSED (NOMINAL 5 V): CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER SOLENOID DRIVE: GROUND (PWM) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – VALVES: B+ RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER TRAVEL SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0.5 – 4.5 V: VARIABLE VOLTAGE RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 46 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND POWER GROUND – PUMP: GROUND Component Connector(s) Connector Description ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER SOLENOID (ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER) AL1 6-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR EM37 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR AL2 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR DSC CONTROL SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF37 25-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT Location LINEAR SWITCH MODULE FC100 12-WAY / GREY LH SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE PEDAL FORCE SWITCH (ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER) AL1 6-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR PEDAL TRAVEL SENSOR (ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER) AL4 3-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR STEERING ANGLE SENSOR FC3 4-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT FL1 2-WAY / BLACK WHEEL HUB WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR RL1 2-WAY / BLACK WHEEL HUB WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT FR1 2-WAY / BLACK WHEEL HUB WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR RR1 2-WAY / BLACK WHEEL HUB YAW RATE AND LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSORS CLUSTER FC101 6-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH BT72 2-WAY / BLACK / LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TO TRUNK HARNESS BELOW FUEL TANK / LEFT HAND SIDE BT73 2-WAY / BLACK / RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TO TRUNK HARNESS BELOW FUEL TANK / RIGHT HAND SIDE EM200 12-WAY / BLACK / LEFT FORWARD HARNESS TO DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL LINK HARNESS ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LF41 2-WAY / BLACK / LEFT FORWARD HARNESS TO LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX LF42 2-WAY / BLACK / LEFT FORWARD HARNESS TO RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO AIR CLEANER LF59 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM LF102 12-WAY / BLACK / LEFT FORWARD HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY Linear Switch Module
Pin Description and Characteristic GROUNDS C C B+ C C I PG FC100-02 FC100-03 FC100-04 FC100-07 FC100-08 FC100-10 FC100-11 CAN – CAN + IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ CAN – CAN + DSC STATUS INDICATOR: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED POWER GROUND: GROUND Ground Location FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST LF3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Dynamic Stability Control WU 58 II REFER TO APPENDIX: DSC / CAN MESSAGES NR B LF37-1 WR II B + C – C + C – C FC100 -4 B B FC100 -3 FC100 -2 FC100 -8 FCS46 FC100 -11 FC2BR (FC4BR) LF37-32 21.1 G B 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.1 Y RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR H H H H YAW RATE AND LATERAL ACCELERATION SENSORS CLUSTER STEERING ANGLE SENSOR + – C C AL2 -2 AL2 -3 AL2 -1 WB YB NW FL1-2 FL1-1 R W FR1-2 FR1-1 RL1-2 RL1-1 U W RR1-2 RR1-1 FC101 FC101 FC101 FC101 -5 -3 -2 -1 C + G G Y Y O C – LF37-15 G LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR VALVES LF37-11 Y RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR PUMP WB I LF37-20 21.1 WB LF37-18 FC3 -2 FC3 -4 FC3 -1 Y U R BK BK R W W EM200-3 LF102-3 LF37-19 LINEAR SWITCH MODULE FC3 -3 YB NW FC100 -10 EM200-2 LF102-2 YB FC100 -7 O P NW 75 Y LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LF37-4 CAN 76 38 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR B Fig. 06.1 Dynamic Stability Control NW EM200-1 LF102-1 R I LF37-45 LF41-1 W LF37-46 NR 16 FC55 -9 RW 560 Ω FCS21 LF37-34 FC55 -11 STATUS LF41-2 G I LF42-1 FCS18 Y LF37-33 B B FS49 FC4BR (FC2BR) R FC55 -16 R FC55 -12 DSC CONTROL SWITCH LF60-7 LF42-2 U I LF37-36 LF37-38 U W LF37-37 CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK RH1-18 W LF37-43 RH1-17 Y LF37-42 LF60-4 UY EM37-1 UY EM37-2 LF40-1 U R R LF59-7 BK BK U LF40-2 LF37-5 O LF37-8 LF59-10 W W + C LF37-29 LOCAL LF59-6 W W – C LF37-25 LF59-5 WU LF37-24 WU NW NW LF37-40 YU WG WG YR YR LF37-28 NG LF37-31 NR WR NR EM200-11 LF102-11 LF37-17 NG EM200-8 LF102-8 NR O YR EM200-9 LF102-9 NG I WG EM200-10 LF102-10 LF37-30 YU EM200-6 LF102-6 LF37-27 NW EM200-4 LF102-4 YU I WU EM200-5 LF102-5 LF37-26 PRESSURE PUMP BT73-2 LF59-8 LF37-7 U BT2-10 LF59-9 U LF37-9 BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR BT73-1 O Y LF37-6 I BT2-11 RH1-15 LF37-3 I BT72-2 Y O Y I BT2-12 RH1-16 O BT72-1 W Y LF60-5 O U BT2-13 W LF60-2 Y I U LF60-3 WR LF102-7 WR EM200-7 B VALVES P LF37-16 B PUMP P AL1 -4 AL1 -3 AL1 -5 AL1 -2 AL1 -1 AL4 -3 AL4 -1 AL4 -2 NOTE: EM200 – RHD vehicles only. LF37-47 CONTROL VALVES LF3AS DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER SOLENOID PEDAL FORCE SWITCH ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 PEDAL TRAVEL SENSOR Fig. 06.2 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Power Assisted Steering Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS O I O B+ PG FC16-02 FC16-04 FC16-05 FC16-06 FC16-08 TRANSDUCER NEGATIVE: 2 V @ IDLE DECREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL TRANSDUCER POSITIVE: 9 V @ IDLE INCREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND Component Connector(s) Connector Description POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE FC16 9-WAY / BLACK FASCIA / ADJACENT TO RH SIDE FUSE BOX POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONVERTER LL2 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING RACK / CONTROL VALVE Location HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. Connector Connector Description EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS Location ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR LL1 2-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO POWER STEERING CONVERTER LINK HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO STARTER MOTOR GROUNDS Ground Location FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Power Assisted Steering WU 29 II VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) B U 08.1 R O FC16-6 FC16-2 I Y B FC16-8 R LL1-1 LL2-1 Y EM2-1 FC16-5 P R EM2-7 O FC16-4 Power Assisted Steering Y LL1-2 LL2-2 POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONVERTER B FCS49 FC4BR (FC2BR) POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE LHD WU 29 II VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) B U 08.1 R O FC16-6 FC16-2 I Y O FC16-4 B FC16-8 EM18-1 Y EM2-1 FC16-5 P R EM2-7 EM18-2 POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONVERTER B FCS49 POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE FC4BR (FC2BR) RHD 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 06.2 Fig. 06.3 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Adaptive Damping Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS O O D B+ O O O PG I I I I O I B+ D O O O O O BT69-01 BT69-03 BT69-10 BT69-11 BT69-13 BT69-14 BT69-15 BT69-18 BT69-20 BT69-21 BT69-22 BT69-24 BT69-25 BT69-26 BT69-27 BT69-28 BT69-30 BT69-31 BT69-32 BT69-33 BT69-34 ADAPTIVE DAMPING FAULT WARNING SIGNAL ACCELEROMETER SENSOR GROUND: GROUND SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ LH REAR DAMPER POWER SUPPLY: B+ RH FRONT DAMPER POWER SUPPLY: B+ RH REAR DAMPER POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND FRONT LATERAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK: < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK: < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK: < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL ACCELEROMETER SENSOR SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (IGNITION ON II) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS LH FRONT DAMPER POWER SUPPLY: B+ LH FRONT DAMPER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, ADCM SWITCHED CIRCUIT TO GROUND LH REAR DAMPER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, ADCM SWITCHED CIRCUIT TO GROUND RH FRONT DAMPER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, ADCM SWITCHED CIRCUIT TO GROUND RH REAR DAMPER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, ADCM SWITCHED CIRCUIT TO GROUND Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location ACCELEROMETER – FRONT VERTICAL FC7 3-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE / BEHIND ICE HEAD UNIT ACCELEROMETER – LATERAL (FRONT) EM59 3-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ECM ACCELEROMETER – REAR VERTICAL BT52 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / BELOW FUEL TANK ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE BT69 35-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ELECTRICAL CARRIER BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH AC24 4-WAY / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL DAMPER SOLENOID – LH FRONT LF43 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF LH FRONT DAMPER DAMPER SOLENOID – LH REAR DL2 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF LH REAR DAMPER DAMPER SOLENOID – RH FRONT LF44 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF RH FRONT DAMPER DAMPER SOLENOID – RH REAR DR2 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF RH REAR DAMPER HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. Connector Connector Description Location AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH BT3 20-WAY / YELLOW / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH BT72 2-WAY / BLACK / LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TO TRUNK HARNESS BELOW FUEL TANK / LEFT HAND SIDE BT73 2-WAY / BLACK / RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR TO TRUNK HARNESS BELOW FUEL TANK / RIGHT HAND SIDE EM3 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY RH12 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY RL3 2-WAY / BLACK / TRUNK HARNESS TO LH REAR WHEEL LINK HARNESS REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY / LEFT HAND SIDE RR3 2-WAY / BLACK / TRUNK HARNESS TO RH REAR WHEEL LINK HARNESS REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY / RIGHT HAND SIDE GROUNDS Ground Location BT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Suspension Adaptive Damping NW 58 B II B BT69-11 21.2 O LF1-19 OY OY BT3-15 BT69-31 O RH12-13 OY O O BT3-16 BT69-30 WR 44 O O O BT69-27 Suspension Adaptive Damping LF43-1 OY RH12-14 LF1-18 LF43-2 LH FRONT DAMPER SOLENOID D BT69-10 SERIAL COMMUNICATION 21.2 W D OG OG O BT69-28 LF60-19 GU GU BT3-17 BT69-33 OG RH12-11 GU O OG BT3-18 BT69-14 LF44-1 OY RH12-12 LF60-20 LF44-2 RH FRONT DAMPER SOLENOID MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER – FAULT WARNING (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 08.1 MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER – VEHICLE SPEED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 08.1 YR YR OG YR BT3-10 RH12-2 OG O O R RL3-1 BT72-3 BT69-13 I BT69-24 R R O OG BT3-9 RH12-1 O BT69-1 DL2-1 O O RL3-2 BT72-4 BT69-32 DL2-2 LH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID OG O U DR2-1 U OY O O RR3-1 BT73-3 BT69-15 O RR3-2 BT73-4 BT69-34 DR2-2 RH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID WU 6 II OG AC24-4 AC24-1 OG OG RH1-19 AC13-3 OG BT1-9 OG BTS5 I BT69-26 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH BG I BG BT3-11 BT69-20 BG BG EM3-12 RH12-6 OY EM59-1 OY EM3-10 U EM59-2 U EM59-3 EM3-9 LATERAL ACCELEROMETER (FRONT) U I OY OY U BT3-13 U FC7-1 RH12-7 OY BTS28 BT69-3 BT3-12 OY OY FCS84 RH12-8 U BTS27 BT69-25 U U BT3-14 BT69-21 FC7-2 U RH12-9 U FCS83 FC7-3 FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER R R I BT69-22 BT52-1 OY B BT52-2 P U BT69-18 BT52-3 BT2BL REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 06.3 Fig. 06.4 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Adaptive Speed Control Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS B+ PG C B+ C I/O LF61-01 LF61-02 LF61-04 LF61-07 LF61-10 LF61-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND CAN – IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ CAN + FORWARD ALERT SWITCH / INDICATOR DRIVE: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED / FORWARD ALERT INDICATOR DRIVE Component Connector(s) Connector Description ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF61 12-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF RADIATOR DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF37 25-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE FORWARD ALERT SWITCH FC102 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SW2 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY Dynamic Stability Control Control Module
C C Pin Description and Characteristic LF37-11 LF37-15 CAN + CAN – Location HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Engine Control Module
I I C C Pin Description and Characteristic EM80-47 EM80-48 EM80-123 EM80-124 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE CAN – CAN + Connector Connector Description EM3 14-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS Location ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN SW1 12-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL SW2 6-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL Major Instrument Cluster
C C C C Pin Description and Characteristic FC25-10 FC25-11 FC25-23 FC25-24 CAN + CAN + CAN – CAN – GROUNDS Transmission Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic C C GB2-02 GB2-06 CAN – CAN + Ground Location FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST LF1 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Adaptive Speed Control NW 77 Fig. 06.4 Adaptive Speed Control B LF61-1 WR 49 II YU B FC102-5 YU FC102-4 B FCS50 B LF61-7 YU 270 Ω FC102-6 YU FCS38 LF1-4 I O LF61-12 FC102-10 B FORWARD ALERT SWITCH FC4BL (FC2BL) 21.1 Y C + LF61-10 21.1 G C – LF61-4 B P LF61-2 LF1BS ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE CAN 2.2κ Ω 21.1 RESUME Y C + 21.1 EM80-124 1κ Ω 21.1 G SET + C + LF37-11 BRAKE FORCE C – Y 21.1 G C – LF37-15 EM80-123 510 Ω BRAKE CONTROL: REFER TO FIGURE 06.1. ENGINE CONTROL: REFER TO FIGURE SERIES 04. HEADWAY – 300 Ω HEADWAY + YR YR 180 Ω SET – SW2-4 YR YR SC3-4 SW1-4 EM3-2 I EM80-47 CASSETTE 120 Ω CANCEL YG YG SW2-3 SW1-3 YG SC3-3 YG EM3-1 CASSETTE RESISTOR PACK STEERING WHEEL SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE I EM80-48 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE Y + C 21.1 GB2-6 G – C 21.1 Y C + FC25-11 TRANSMISSION STATUS 21.1 21.1 GB2-2 G C – FC25-23 ASC CHIME; WARNINGS; MESSAGE CENTER 21.1 Y C + FC25-10 21.1 G C – FC25-24 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I REFER TO APPENDIX: ASC / CAN MESSAGES I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: Adaptive Speed Control Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 07.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Air Conditioning Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS I O O O O O O O O O O O O AC1-01 AC1-06 AC1-07 AC1-08 AC1-09 AC1-12 AC1-13 AC1-19 AC1-20 AC1-21 AC1-22 AC1-25 AC1-26 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS: B+ WHEN COMPRESSOR ENGAGED DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ FOOTWELL VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ COOL AIR BYPASS VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ FOOTWELL SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO MOTOR: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AC1 AC2 AC3 AC4 26-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 12-WAY / GREY 22-WAY / GREY A/C UNIT / RH SIDE AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL FC43 12-WAY / BLUE CENTER CONSOLE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LF29 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RH HORN ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY FC12 4-WAY / WHITE DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER BLOWER AIR INTAKE – LH AC5 15-WAY / GREEN A/C UNIT / LH SIDE I I I I I I I I AC2-01 AC2-02 AC2-03 AC2-05 AC2-06 AC2-10 AC2-11 AC2-13 SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V); INCREASING WITH SOLAR LOAD CENTER VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V) RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V) COOL AIR BYPASS VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V) ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V); DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE DEFROST VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V) LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V) FOOTWELL VENT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE (NOMINAL 0 – 5 V) O O D I I D O I I B+ B+ I O B+ I I SS O D O PG O O I I O SG SG D AC3-01 AC3-02 AC3-03 AC3-05 AC3-06 AC3-07 AC3-08 AC3-11 AC3-12 AC4-01 AC4-02 AC4-03 AC4-04 AC4-05 AC4-06 AC4-07 AC4-08 AC4-09 AC4-10 AC4-12 AC4-13 AC4-14 AC4-15 AC4-16 AC4-17 AC4-18 AC4-19 AC4-20 AC4-21 BLOWER AIR INTAKE – RH AC6 15-WAY / GREEN A/C UNIT / RH SIDE EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY AC7 12-WAY / BLACK A/C UNIT / LH SIDE MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA SOLAR SENSOR FC52 2-WAY / GREY DRIVER SIDE FASCIA / ADJACENT TO DEFROST VENT VENT ASSEMBLY FC44 12-WAY / BLACK A/C UNIT / TOP RELAYS HEATED WINDSHIELD STATUS SIGNAL CONTROL PANEL (CLOCK) SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO CONTROL PANEL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES HEATER MATRIX TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM CONTROL PANEL CONTROL PANEL (START) IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES Relay Connector / Color Location AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY FC24 / BLACK RH FASCIA RELAYS HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ ISOLATE RELAY CONTROLLED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I): GROUND CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL LOAD INHIBIT SIGNAL SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ACTIVATE REQUEST SIGNAL SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS INPUT CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND CONTROL PANEL GROUND: GROUND AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SIGNAL ASPIRATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS OUTPUT Connector Connector Description Location AC12 20-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM GROUNDS Ground Location FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. Major Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and Characteristic C C I O O C C FC25-10 FC25-11 FC25-20 FC25-21 FC25-22 FC25-23 FC25-24 CAN + CAN + HEATED WINDSHIELD STATUS SIGNAL REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SIGNAL ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT SIGNAL CAN – CAN – O O O I FC26-03 FC26-04 FC26-05 FC26-22 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SIGNAL VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – A/CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST SIGNAL NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Climate Control: Part 1 Fig. 07.1 Climate Control: Part 1 NOTES: The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched off to provide power for the A/CCM to ‘park’ the servos. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY When the ignition switched ground input is interrupted during engine cranking, the A/CCM does not drive high power consuming components. 26 WU 16 WR II IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC4-01 I EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY DEFROST SERVO EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR υ I AC4-03 40 VENT SERVO ASPIRATOR MOTOR SOLAR SENSOR VENT ASSEMBLY υ NW HEATER MATRIX TEMPERATURE SENSOR υ COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO FOOTWELL SERVO υ AC4-05 21.1 Y FC25-11 21.1 G FC25-24 RW OY OY UY LOAD INHIBIT I UY AC15 -9 AC12-12 RG 04.2 RG AC1-01 D AC4-10 O D 4 FC24 3 5 GW GW AC13-12 2 1 GW FCS49 GW O AC4-15 FC4BR (FC2BR) AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY YB I FC43-1 YG O AC3-02 YG D AC12-4 FC43-4 Y D AC3-03 Y SR OR RY RU P P O KU UG BW SU UO GU UY UW UR P LF60 -11 LF60 -10 FC44 -2 FC44 -3 FC44 -5 FC44 -4 FC44 -6 FC44 -8 FC44 -7 FC44 -9 FC52 -1 FC52 -2 AC7 -1 AC7 -10 AC7 -2 AC7 -3 AC7 -5 AC7 -4 AC7 -6 AC7 -8 AC7 -7 AC7 -9 BW OY BW RG UY YR O RW RU U U OG WU U BW YB UY GU UY OY O U AC15 -5 AC15 -12 AC15 -14 AC15 -13 OY RG UY YR YG RW Y AC12 -18 GW AC15 -15 AC15 -17 AC15 -16 O RW RU AC15 -4 OG U U YR WU B O WR B P AC1-09 O AC1-12 O AC1-13 O AC1-19 O AC1-20 O AC1-21 O AC1-22 O AC1-25 O AC1-26 I AC2-01 I AC2-02 I AC2-03 I AC2-05 I AC2-10 I AC2-11 I AC2-13 I AC3-05 I AC3-06 I AC3-11 I AC3-12 RW UY RW R OY UY RU YR Y NR O GU BW AC15-11 ACS21 OG RG Y YB O YG UY OY U U WU U BW U BW Y R NR AC4-13 AC4-18 AC4-19 AC4-20 U B GW BW BK AC5 -1 AC5 -2 AC5 -6 AC5 -12 AC5 -7 AC6 -6 AC6 -12 AC6 -7 P BW YG PY Y P BW YW RB NR AC6 -1 AC6 -2 B FCS46 O AC4-12 B B P AC12-7 FC43-7 AC1-08 O O AC4-04 AC12-5 FC43-5 AC1-07 O AC4-08 AC3-08 WU WR B O O AC12-6 FC43-6 AC1-06 AC3-07 YR AC12-2 FC43-2 O ACS4 AC15-10 D AC12-3 FC43-3 I RG Y AC12-1 D 10.2 PR AC4-02 AC15-8 DIMMER-CONTROLLED LIGHTING RG FCS33 AC4-21 B BW FCS34 I W 21.2 B OY O AC4-09 AC12-13 SERIAL COMMUNICATION NW BW BW 21.2 41 U AC4-07 MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ACTIVATED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) GW FC12 -4 LF29 -1 O UY FC26-22 U I AC13-9 RW BW AC3-01 U FC25-22 I COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST FC12 -3 LF29 -2 AC4-17 AC12-19 U O FC12 -2 I U FC25-20 FC12 -1 AC4-16 AC12-14 FC25-21 I HEATED WINDSHIELD STATUS I AC4-06 AC12-9 RU REFRIGERANT O PRESSURE C – I AC2-06 AC12-8 FC26-5 C + FC25-10 21.1 RW O VEHICLE SPEED Y AC12-10 FC26-3 C – FC25-23 21.1 YG FC26-4 O ENGINE SPEED G YG ENGINE COOLANT O TEMPERATURE C + AC4-14 I FC3CS FC2BR (FC4BR) FC43-8 10.2 R I FC43-9 CONTROL PANEL AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (Continued Fig. 07.2) 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data FRESH / RECIRCULATION SERVO FRESH / RECIRCULATION SERVO LH BLOWER AIR INTAKE RH BLOWER AIR INTAKE VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 07.2 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Air Conditioning Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS O O O O O O O AC1-02 AC1-03 AC1-04 AC1-05 AC1-16 AC1-17 AC1-18 HEATER VALVE ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND LH / RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAYS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND HEATER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AC1 AC2 AC3 AC4 26-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 12-WAY / GREY 22-WAY / GREY A/C UNIT / RH SIDE BLOWER MOTOR – LH AC5 15-WAY / GREEN A/C UNIT / LH SIDE BLOWER MOTOR – RH AC6 15-WAY / GREEN A/C UNIT / RH SIDE DOOR MIRROR HEATER – DRIVER DD8 12-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR MIRROR HEATER – PASSENGER DP8 12-WAY / BLUE DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 LF6 LF7 LF8 LF70 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREEN 10-WAY / BLUE EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONT FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 BT11 BT12 BT13 BT64 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREEN 10-WAY / BLUE EYELET TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER HEATED REAR WINDOW RH17 RH18 1-WAY / BLACK 1-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW / RH SIDE I O I O AC2-07 AC2-08 AC2-15 AC2-16 RH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE; 7.6 V = LOW SPEED RH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE; 1.3 V = LOW SPEED LH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE; 7.6 V = LOW SPEED LH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE; 1.3 V = LOW SPEED NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. HEATER PUMP EM41 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD, LH SIDE HEATER VALVE EM43 2-WAY / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD, LH SIDE WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH EM49 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH EM48 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT RELAYS Relay Connector / Color Location BLOWER MOTOR RELAY – LH AC20 / BLACK DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS BLOWER MOTOR RELAY – RH AC20 / BLACK DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS DOOR MIRROR HEATERS RELAY FC28 / BLACK LH FASCIA RELAYS HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R2 HEATER PUMP RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R1 WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – LH EM44 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – RH EM45 / BROWN RH ENCLOSURE RELAYS HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location AC12 20-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH BT58 4-WAY / BLACK / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR LF3 13-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY GROUNDS Ground Location EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST RH2 LEFT HAND REAR QUARTER FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Climate Control: Part 2 Fig. 07.2 Climate Control: Part 2 EM45 R1 U U O AC12-17 AC1-2 U EM2-5 B EM43-2 EM43-1 B EMS31 Y EM41-2 LF7-2 AC12-16 3 2 1 5 GO B EM48-1 4 2 UY 1 WR EM1BL* (EM1BS) II II RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY HEATER PUMP RELAY ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX LF60-18 EM48-2 36 60 LF5-5 HEATER PUMP RW RW 5 F15 10A RW EM2AR (EM1AR) AC1-17 LF3-1 B HEATER VALVE O EM41-1 Y 3 NR 87 * NOTE: All LHD Adaptive Speed Control vehicles. EM44 3 NG 86 5 GW B EM49-1 UY UY O 2 UY UY AC13-8 AC1-4 1 WR 35 EM2BS (EM2BL**) II EMS24 EM2-4 EM49-2 LH WINDSHIELD HEATER AC20 LHD RHD 47 23 NG 3 5 OY UY 2 1 WU LH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY UW ** NOTE: All RHD Adaptive Speed Control vehicles. AC6-5 UY O 28 II AC1-3 RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY 1 U OG OG I 4 AC6-13 AC2-7 B B 2 AC6-8 GO GO O G 3 AC6-10 AC2-8 FC28 FC2AL RH BLOWER MOTOR 10 3 NW 5 RG RG AC13-4 2 GR GR O 1 WU B DD8-9 B DDS1 DD8-11 B DD1-1 25 FC4AL (FC2AL) DRIVER MIRROR LHD RHD 23 47 AC20 NW 8 10 O GR 7 6 WU DOOR MIRROR HEATERS RELAY UR RG AC5-5 GR O RG DD1-5 II AC15-19 AC1-5 RG ACS1 27 RG DP1-5 B DP8-9 DP8-11 B DPS1 B DP1-1 II AC1-16 FC2AL (FC4AL) PASSENGER MIRROR LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY 1 U U I U 4 AC5-13 AC2-15 B B 2 AC5-8 GU GU O G AC5-10 AC2-16 3 FC4AL LH BLOWER MOTOR UY BT13-3 UY BT58-3 B RH17 RH18 R2 5 RH2S 3 1 F17 25A GU GU O AC13-10 AC1-18 GU RH2-7 2 GU BT2-1 1 HEATED REAR WINDOW 46 II BT10-8 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (Continued from Fig. 07.1) TRUNK FUSE BOX NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 07.1. NOTE: Refer to EMS Figure 04.2 for Air Conditioning Pressure Sensor and Radiator Cooling Fans circuits. 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 08.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Major Instrument Cluster
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS B+ O I SG I I I I C C S S I PG O I I C C O FC25-01 FC25-02 FC25-03 FC25-04 FC25-06 FC25-07 FC25-08 FC25-09 FC25-10 FC25-11 FC25-13 FC25-14 FC25-15 FC25-16 FC25-17 FC25-18 FC25-19 FC25-23 FC25-24 FC25-25 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ ADAPTIVE DAMPING WARNING: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED LOGIC GROUND: GROUND ILLUMINATION SUPPLY: B+ TRIP CYCLE: GROUND (MOMENTARY) ‘A/B’ TRIP SELECT: GROUND (MOMENTARY) ‘ML/KM’ SELECT: GROUND (MOMENTARY) CAN + CAN + SCP + SCP – BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMINATION SUPPLY: B+ ‘CLEAR’ SELECT: GROUND (MOMENTARY) ‘000’ RESET: GROUND (MOMENTARY) CAN – CAN – SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND Component Connector(s) Connector Description ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH EM55 2-WAY / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / COOLANT RESERVOIR FUEL LEVEL SENSOR FT3 6-WAY / NATURAL FUEL TANK EVAPORATIVE FLANGE MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA O O O O I I I O O I O I I O O I O I I I FC26-01 FC26-02 FC26-06 FC26-07 FC26-08 FC26-09 FC26-10 FC26-11 FC26-12 FC26-13 FC26-14 FC26-15 FC26-16 FC26-17 FC26-18 FC26-19 FC26-20 FC26-21 FC26-23 FC26-26 BATTERY CHARGE WARNING OIL PRESSURE WARNING VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – PAS VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK: 5 V (MIDPOINT) BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK: 5 V (MIDPOINT) OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK: 5 V = 0 PSI; 3.3 V = NORMAL (MIDPOINT) BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT: 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE) BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT: 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE) FUEL LEVEL GAUGE SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE FUEL LEVEL GAUGE SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK: 5 V = 0 PSI; 3.3 V = NORMAL (MIDPOINT) AIR BAG MIL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED) OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT: 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE) OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT: 3.7 – 5 V (PULSE) LOW OIL PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – AUDIO DIMMER OVERRIDE: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED LOW COOLANT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED Location MINOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC79 20-WAY / BLACK FASCIA OIL PRESSURE SWITCH PI40 1-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE PARKING BRAKE SWITCH FC19 1-WAY / BLACK BELOW PARKING BRAKE LEVER TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27 10-WAY / BLACK FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE TRIP CYCLE SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR FT1 10-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO FUEL PUMP LINK HARNESS FUEL TANK / REAR PI1 57-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR GROUNDS Ground Location EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Instrument Clusters R 14 Fig. 08.1 Instrument Clusters B FC25-15 WG 33 II DIMMER-CONTROLLED LIGHTING 10.2 DIMMER-CONTROLLED LIGHTING 10.2 I ILLUMINATION SUPPLY I DIMMER OVERRIDE FC25-6 RG FC26-21 RW O FC79-8 FC25-17 R O FC26-1 RW FC26-2 FC25-13 BATTERY VOLTAGE RG Y I BATTERY VOLTAGE 21.1 C + G 21.1 C – BATTERY VOLTAGE Y 21.1 NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 for A/CCM / Instrument Cluster inputs / outputs. G 21.1 OIL PRESSURE C – OIL PRESSURE 17.3 16.2 16.1 OY OIL PRESSURE 06.2 ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE 06.3 ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE 06.3 RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE 18.1 U I BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE O OIL PRESSURE GAUGE FC79-20 UY I O OIL PRESSURE FC26-15 O VEHICLE SPEED FC26-20 POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE O I O OIL PRESSURE BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE FC79-14 FC26-10 FC25-24 RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT RU FC26-12 C + GAUGE I FC79-15 O FC25-10 GAUGE FC79-12 FC26-11 FC25-23 OIL PRESSURE WARNING O BATTERY VOLTAGE G O BATTERY VOLTAGE FC25-11 I FC79-13 FC26-9 Y BATTERY CHARGE WARNING O BATTERY VOLTAGE FC26-8 FC25-14 I FC79-18 I S – ILLUMINATION SUPPLY FC79-11 O S + U 21.1 BATTERY VOLTAGE OIL PRESSURE Y 21.1 B FC79-17 FC25-2 ILLUMINATION RU RG O B FC25-1 GAUGE FC79-19 OY FC26-17 I OIL PRESSURE GAUGE I OIL PRESSURE GAUGE FC79-9 OG O FC26-18 FC79-10 O VEHICLE SPEED FC26-6 BK OG BK FCS48 O VEHICLE SPEED FC79-16 FC26-7 CIRCUITS CONTINUED FC3BL YR I FC25-3 Y MINOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER NOTE: Minor Instrument Cluster and wiring are deleted on Navigation vehicles. I AIRBAG WARNING I PARKING BRAKE ON FC26-16 OY TRIP SELECT OY FCS56 FC19 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ADAPTIVE DAMPING WARNING UY I FC25-8 FC27-7 A/B (TRIP SELECT) FC27-9 000 (RESET) FC26-26 NOTE: FCS56 – TV vehicles only. RESET O I FC25-19 BR FC27-2 FC25-25 R 1 ΚΩ 900Ω E RW FK1-3 F FT3-3 80Ω FK1-4 FT3-4 RW BT2-18 BW B FUEL LEVEL SENSOR RW FT1-6 BW RW RH1-14 BW FT1-7 BT2-17 MESSAGE Y I FC27-8 FC25-18 O CLEAR FC26-14 BW RH1-13 I FUEL LEVEL GAUGE IMPERIAL; METRIC; U.S.A. R I FC27-1 FC25-9 MI / KM FC26-13 FUEL TANK TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK P OY OY PI40-1 PI2-8 G EM2-8 I OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF) TRIP CYCLE YB I FC26-19 YB BK BK SCS1 SC2-5 FC25-7 BK SC2-9 BK FCS48 TRIP CYCLE SWITCH OIL PRESSURE SWITCH FC3BL COLUMN SWITCHGEAR BK BK BK EMS38 OG EM55-1 EM1BR (EM2BR) OG EM55-2 EM1-19 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 E II I II B P FC25-16 B FCS49 FC4BR (FC2BR) 1 I LOW COOLANT WARNING FC3BL MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 1 II I FC26-23 BK FCS48 FC25-4 E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 08.2 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS I I I I B+ O O S S B+ FC14-08 FC14-15 FC14-32 FC14-41 FC14-80 FC14-82 FC14-83 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-104 AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER DRIVE: AUDIO OUTPUT AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER DRIVE: AUDIO OUTPUT SCP – SCP + BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC7 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Audible Warnings 15 N Audible Warnings B FC14-80 19 NW B 1 GO BW I 18.1 FC14-8 FC14-104 RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE: AUDIBLE WARNING (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) I FC14-41 5 WU II 15 I FC14-15 WR I I FC14-32 GR O FC14-82 SCP SOURCES: • TURN SIGNALS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2, Fig. 09.3 • VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1 • MEMORY – Fig. 11.1, Fig. 11.2, Fig. 12.1 • CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT – Fig. 15.2 • KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1 • NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH – Fig. 05.3 • SEAT BELT SWITCH – Fig. 12.1, Fig. 12.2 FC14-83 U Y SPEAKER S + FC14-85 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E II II SC7-2 FC14-84 21.1 COLUMN SWITCHGEAR BODY PROCESSOR MODULE I SC1-11 S – P I SC7-1 GB GB O 21.1 GR SC1-10 E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground AUDIBLE WARNINGS: • AIRBAG WARNING • TURN SIGNALS • HAZARD WARNING • SIDE LAMPS ON • VALET MODE WARNING • GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK • MEMORY CHIME • SECURITY ARM / DISARM • CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT (CONVERTIBLE VEHICLES) • KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY) • DRIVER SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED • ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL FORWARD ALERT + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 08.2 Fig. 09.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS O O O I I I I O O O I I I I O O O I I I O B+ B+ O S S I O FC14-01 FC14-02 FC14-03 FC14-06 FC14-14 FC14-15 FC14-16 FC14-20 FC14-27 FC14-28 FC14-30 FC14-38 FC14-39 FC14-41 FC14-45 FC14-53 FC14-54 FC14-56 FC14-59 FC14-61 FC14-68 FC14-79 FC14-80 FC14-81 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-88 FC14-96 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED) RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED) HEADLAMP DIPPED BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND SIDE LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE / FRONT FOG LAMP STATUS: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED) RH SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE HEADLAMP FLASH SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) AUTO LAMPS SIGNAL † ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND LH FRONT SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE LH SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (HOOD OPEN) HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LIGHTING) : B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED) SCP – SCP + LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED HAZARD STATUS INDICATOR: B+ (PULSED) Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 LF6 LF7 LF8 LF70 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREEN 10-WAY / BLUE EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONT FRONT FOG LAMP – LH LF32 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL FRONT FOG LAMP – RH LF22 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL FRONT LAMP UNIT – LH (NON-HID) LF31 6-WAY / BLACK LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY FRONT LAMP UNIT – RH (NON-HID) LF21 6-WAY / BLACK RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR SIDE MARKER – LH FRONT LF11 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER SIDE MARKER – RH FRONT LF10 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – LH LF4 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – RH EL5 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER SWITCH PACK – CENTER CONSOLE FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE RELAYS Relay Connector / Color DIP BEAM RELAY BUS / BROWN Location ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R3 FRONT FOG RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R2 MAIN BEAM RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R5 NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location EL6 2-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO RH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR GROUNDS Ground Location EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST LF1 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP LF2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Exterior Lighting: Front NOTE: “Crank” input used with Daytime Running Lamps. REFER TO APPENDIX: SCP / BPM LIGHTING MESSAGES 15 B NG 52 LOGIC GO 1 II II AUTO LAMPS O SENSOR BK BK RFS1 RF5-6 FC14-20 I FCS37 LF1-7 21.1 BK RF2-3 5 1 2 4 S + U F8 20A LF6-8 F6 20A LF6-4 OY FC14-85 RM1-3 MAIN BEAM RELAY YU INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR YU RF1-11 RF2-5 LF1-6 FC14-45 I U U O FC3BR LF31-3 MAIN LF6-9 NR FRONT FOG STATE 3 4 OG FC55-9 B UY FC14-39 R3 16 LF22-2 RH FRONT FOG LAMP R5 3 S – Y LF22-1 LF5-8 4 U B N LF8-10 OG OG FC14-84 RM1-8 LH FRONT FOG LAMP FC14-15 21.1 LF32-2 2 FRONT FOG RELAY OG O RM1-1 YU LF32-1 II I WU 5 WR B O LF8-3 LIGHTING FC14-41 34 1 60 B 5 F17 15A FC14-80 SCP FC14-79 BK R2 3 4 N Fig. 09.1 Exterior Lighting: Front FC55-18 LF5-4 F19 10A LF7-10 5 1 4 F21 10A LF31-2 DIP U 2 LF31-4 R LF31-1 SIDE LAMP REAR FOG STATE FC55-20 DIP BEAM RELAY RU FC55-17 FRONT FOG I FC14-38 RG OG O LF1-5 FC14-68 GW FC55-19 HAZARD FC55-1 Y B LH FRONT LAMP UNIT FC55-16 FC55-3 HAZARD STATE LF1-10 LF21-3 O FC14-96 MAIN U GW O R FC4BR (FC2BR) OY R O FC14-53 N B FCS49 I FC14-59 LF1-2 FC14-2 B LF21-2 CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK N BG O LF1-11 FC14-1 B LF21-1 SIDE LAMP R 10.2 LF21-4 DIP FC55-4 DIMMER MODULE: HAZARD SWITCH LOCATE ILLUMINATION LF31-6 TURN LF5-7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX REAR FOG B LF31-5 W W O LF21-6 LF1-1 FC14-3 LF21-5 TURN RH FRONT LAMP UNIT U U SC2-2 HEADLAMP FLASH O SC2-6 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM YG SC2-7 SC2-8 YU UY YU SC2-4 LF1-3 FC14-27 LF4-1 BK BK SC2-9 DIP SCS1 RW SIDE RW SCS2 AUTO RW RW SC2-3 FCS9 LF1-8 LF10-1 I GR FC14-81 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 E EL5-1 I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground EL5-2 RH SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER (ROW) BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 1 II EL6-1 NOTES: Turn signal bulb failure – BPM internal function. Daytime Running Lamps – BPM programmed function. RW 1 LFS8 LF1AL B GR GR EM2-16 P COLUMN SWITCHGEAR 10.2 B FC14-16 LIGHTING STALK DIMMER MODULE: SIDE LAMPS ON LF10-2 RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY) O FC3BL LF2BS B RW RW O FC14-28 BK LFS9 B I FC14-6 SIDE FCS48 LF4-2 LH SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER (ROW) SC2-1 BK B GO GO O I FC14-61 UY DIP 11.3 LF11-2 I WG TURN SIGNALS B LF11-1 LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY) FC14-88 WG R LF1-9 FC14-54 I FC14-14 YG L G G O U REAR VIEW MIRRORS: AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT I FC14-30 + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: Non HID Headlamp Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 B EL6-2 B EMS31 EM2AR (EM1AR) Fig. 09.2 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS O O I I I I I O O O I I I I O O O I I O B+ B+ O S S I O FC14-01 FC14-02 FC14-06 FC14-08 FC14-14 FC14-15 FC14-16 FC14-20 FC14-27 FC14-28 FC14-30 FC14-38 FC14-39 FC14-41 FC14-45 FC14-53 FC14-54 FC14-59 FC14-61 FC14-68 FC14-79 FC14-80 FC14-81 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-88 FC14-96 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED) HEADLAMP DIPPED BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND SIDE LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE / FRONT FOG LAMP STATUS: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED) RH SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE HEADLAMP FLASH SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) AUTO LAMPS SIGNAL † ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND LH FRONT SIDE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE LH SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE HAZARD SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LIGHTING) : B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED) SCP – SCP + LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED HAZARD STATUS INDICATOR: B+ (PULSED) Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 LF6 LF7 LF8 LF70 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREEN 10-WAY / BLUE EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONT FRONT FOG LAMP – LH LF32 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL FRONT FOG LAMP – RH LF22 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL HID HEADLAMP UNIT – LH LF30 9-WAY / BLACK LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY HID HEADLAMP UNIT – RH LF23 9-WAY / BLACK RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR SIDE MARKER – LH FRONT LF11 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER SIDE MARKER – RH FRONT LF10 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – LH LF4 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – RH EL5 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER SWITCH PACK – CENTER CONSOLE FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE RELAYS NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. Relay Connector / Color MAIN BEAM RELAY BUS / BROWN Location ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R3 FRONT FOG RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R2 DIP BEAM RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R5 HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location EL6 2-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO RH TURN SIGNAL REPEATER ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR GROUNDS Ground Location EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST LF1 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP LF2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Exterior Lighting: Front – HID Fig. 09.2 Exterior Lighting: Front – HID NOTE: “Crank” input used with Daytime Running Lamps. R2 REFER TO APPENDIX: SCP / BPM LIGHTING MESSAGES 15 4 N B FC14-80 SCP 52 NG B FC14-79 1 GO WR 34 II BK BK RFS1 RF5-6 21.1 YU 21.1 BK RF2-3 LH FRONT FOG LAMP OG O LF8-10 OG OG FCS37 FC14-20 LF22-1 LF1-7 RH FRONT FOG LAMP LF5-8 4 3 5 U F21 10A S – 4 1 LF5-4 LF30-7 2 OY F19 10A S + MAIN R LF7-10 FC14-85 LF30-6 RM1-3 SIDE LAMP MAIN BEAM RELAY YU YU RF1-11 RF2-5 FC14-45 I GW U U O INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR LF5-7 LF1-6 FC14-39 TURN R5 3 5 UY F8 20A OG FC55-9 B LF30-8 LF30-9 4 NR 4 1 LF6-8 DIP LF30-4 HI2-1 HI1-1 HI2-2 2 HI2-3 FC55-18 FRONT FOG STATE HI2-4 DIP BEAM RELAY FC55-20 REAR FOG STATE FC55-17 REAR FOG FC55-19 FC14-68 I 56 RG OG O RU FRONT FOG LF22-2 R3 FC3BR 16 B N FC14-15 Y LF32-2 2 FRONT FOG RELAY I U LF32-1 LIGHTING FC14-84 RM1-8 1 B O LF8-3 II RM1-1 AUTO LAMPS O SENSOR BK 60 I WU II 5 F17 15A LOGIC FC14-41 5 3 LF1-5 U LF6-9 F6 20A FC14-38 DIP WR II B LF30-1 LF6-4 B P HI1-7 HI1-8 LF30-3 HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE * ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX LH FRONT LAMP UNIT FC14-53 Y FC55-1 HAZARD B I LF1-10 OY GW O FC14-2 FC14-59 LF23-7 LF1-2 MAIN N B FCS49 R O FC55-16 FC55-3 HAZARD STATE O FC14-96 N BG O FC14-1 LF23-6 LF1-11 R FC4BR (FC2BR) SIDE LAMP FC55-4 W W O FC14-3 CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK B LF23-8 LF23-9 LF1-1 TURN U DIMMER MODULE: HAZARD SWITCH LOCATE ILLUMINATION R 10.2 DIP LF23-4 HJ2-1 HJ1-1 HJ2-2 HJ2-3 HJ2-4 57 U U SC2-2 HEADLAMP FLASH O SC2-6 I WG SC2-8 11.3 YU G G O FC14-54 SC2-4 FCS48 SC2-9 BK DIP SCS1 SIDE RW RW LF4-1 LF1-3 FC14-6 RW RW SCS2 AUTO SC2-3 FCS9 LF2BS B RW RW O LF10-1 LF1-8 LFS8 LF10-2 B LF1AL RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY) P COLUMN SWITCHGEAR GR O FC14-81 10.2 B I FC14-16 LIGHTING STALK DIMMER MODULE: SIDE LAMPS ON LFS9 LF4-2 LH SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER (ROW) FC14-28 FC3BL B GO GO FC14-27 I SIDE BK BK LF11-2 LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY) SC2-1 BK B LF11-1 LF1-9 I UY YU LF23-3 RH FRONT LAMP UNIT O REAR VIEW MIRRORS: AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT HJ1-8 FC14-61 UY DIP B P HJ1-7 HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE * FC14-88 WG R LF23-1 I YG SC2-7 TURN SIGNALS DIP B FC14-14 YG L I FC14-30 U HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM II WR EL6-1 RW BODY PROCESSOR MODULE B GR GR EM2-16 NOTES: Turn signal bulb failure – BPM internal function. Daytime Running Lamps – BPM programmed function. EL5-1 EL5-2 B EL6-2 B EMS31 RH SIDE TURN SIGNAL REPEATER (ROW) * NOTE: Ballast integral within Control Module. Refer to Fig. 09.4 for additional Headlamp Leveling Control Module details. 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: HID Headlamp Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 EM2AR (EM1AR) Fig. 09.3 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS I I I I I I O O I O B+ B+ S S I O B+ FC14-06 FC14-12 FC14-15 FC14-16 FC14-39 FC14-41 FC14-44 FC14-50 FC14-61 FC14-76 FC14-79 FC14-80 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-88 FC14-95 FC14-104 HEADLAMP DIPPED BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED REAR FOG LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND SIDE LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED AUTO LAMPS SIGNAL † ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED REAR FOG LAMP STATUS: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND LH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED) RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED RH REAR TURN SIGNAL ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LIGHTING) : B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ SCP – SCP + LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED TAIL LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH AC24 4-WAY / WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 BT11 BT12 BT13 BT64 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREEN 10-WAY / BLUE EYELET TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP – CONVERTIBLE BL8 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / UNDERSIDE OF LID HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP – COUPE RH8 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / REARWARD OF SUB WOOFER SPEAKER INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA NUMBER PLATE LAMP – LH BL4 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID / LINER NUMBER PLATE LAMP – RH BL5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID / LINER SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 BT41 BT42 RH20 16-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK COAXIAL CONNECTOR TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER Major Instrument Cluster
C S S C Pin Description and Characteristic FC25-11 FC25-13 FC25-14 FC25-23 CAN + SCP + SCP – CAN – Security and Locking Control Module SIDE MARKER – LH REAR BT27 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH SIDE SIDE MARKER – RH REAR BT26 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE SWITCH PACK – CENTER CONSOLE FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH BT31 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH SIDE TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH BT30 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE
Pin Description and Characteristic O B+ O S SG SG S BT40-05 BT40-06 BT40-07 BT40-08 BT40-13 BT40-14 BT40-16 REVERSE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ REAR FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND SCP + LOGIC GROUND: GROUND LOGIC GROUND: GROUND SCP – RELAYS O I BT41-12 BT41-13 SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ SIDE MARKER LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS O O O O O I I I I I BT42-01 BT42-02 BT42-03 BT42-04 BT42-05 BT42-06 BT42-07 BT42-08 BT42-09 BT42-10 RH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ RH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ NUMBER PLATE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ RH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LH STOP LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ RH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LH TAIL LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ NUMBER PLATE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. Relay Connector / Color REAR FOG RELAY BUS / BROWN Location TRUNK FUSE BOX – R1 STOP LAMP RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R5 TAIL LAMP RELAY BUS / BROWN TRUNK FUSE BOX – R3 Connector Connector Description Location AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE BB1 4-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH BL1 4-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER / RH SIDE BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR GROUNDS Ground Location BT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY BT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR BT3 TRUNK, LEFT REAR FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST RH1 RIGHT HAND REAR QUARTER FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Exterior Lighting: Rear U WU 6 OG II AC24-4 AC24-1 OG OG OG RH1-19 AC13-3 BT1-9 BT11-9 3 1 REFER TO APPENDIX: SCP / BPM / SLCM LIGHTING MESSAGES SCP 15 B FC14-80 NW 19 B 34 NG 52 WU 5 BK BK BK RFS1 RF5-6 II YU RM1-8 RF2-5 1 INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR GO YU RHS4 U B U BB1-3 BL1-3 BL8-1 (CONV.) RH8-2 (COUPE) O Y G 21.1 5 1 2 BT10-4 RH1S – S + S U C – B 3 5 O 1 RW BT12-2 F15 10A 46 2 OG II B BT27-1 LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY) REAR FOG RELAY 21.1 U 21.1 FC25-14 S – 53 NR O BTS3 BT31-7 FC14-84 Y 21.1 Y 21.1 BT40-6 U RU BTS7 BT41-13 S – Y REVERSE RW I 21.1 BT31-4 BT40-7 S + FC14-85 Y OG O B RW I B BT31-1 BT42-9 S + U BTS8 BT42-10 BT31-2 R I STOP GW BT42-8 O I BT31-3 TURN BT42-6 UY I NR FC55-9 RU O U FC55-20 REAR FOG STATE LH TAIL LAMP UNIT BT42-7 FC55-18 FRONT FOG STATE U O BL4-1 BT42-2 REAR FOG FC55-19 HAZARD FC55-1 I RU O RU BT42-5 FC14-12 BB1-2 BLS2 BL1-2 O RH NUMBER PLATE LAMP B BT30-5 TURN BT40-13 BTS21 TURN SIGNALS YG SC2-7 WG R UY DIP YU 11.3 I WG I SC2-4 FCS48 BK SCS1 SC2-9 SIDE RW RW RW SCS2 AUTO SC2-3 FCS9 O RW RH2-16 GW FC14-50 I FC14-16 GW BT30-1 FOG BT1-2 GO RH TAIL LAMP UNIT BT1-1 RH2-1 RW Y RW BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 E Y P COLUMN SWITCHGEAR 10.2 I II I II REVERSE O BT2-9 RH2-3 GO O BT30-4 RU LIGHTING STALK DIMMER MODULE: SIDE LAMPS ON BT30-2 TAIL Y FC14-76 FC3BL BT3S B BT30-7 SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE RU O SIDE STOP RG BT1AR FC14-95 BK B BT30-6 BTS9 I FC14-6 DIP BK BT40-5 BK SC2-1 BK BK FC14-61 UY YU Y O BTS23 OY BT40-14 FC14-88 SC2-8 E E I BB1-1 GO BT42-3 BK YG B BL5-2 RG BULB FAILURE SENSING L B BL5-1 BT42-1 CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK II BL1-1 RU RU OY O BLS1 BTS40 BT41-12 W B BL4-2 LH NUMBER PLATE LAMP RW O FC55-17 FRONT FOG B B RU BT42-4 O FC14-44 BT31-6 TAIL R I MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REAR VIEW MIRRORS: AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT BT27-2 BT10-5 I BT40-8 FC4BR (FC2BR) BT3S UY BT11-7 R1 21.1 FC55-16 BTS23 RU BT40-16 FCS49 B BT10-7 1 FC14-39 FC25-13 B BB1-1 RHS2 B RW FOG FC25-23 16 BL1-1 B R C + FC25-11 REVERSE GEAR BLS1 (COUPE) TRUNK FUSE BOX 21.1 B B (CONV.) BL8-2 (CONV.) RH8-1 (COUPE) BT12-10 #19 5A 3 I YU RF1-11 U ECM: BRAKE ON / OFF HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output. FC3BR BT11-4 TAIL LAMP RELAY FC14-41 RM1-3 RF2-3 (CONV.) I FC14-15 1 BK #6 5A #21 5A LIGHTING RM1-1 AUTO LAMPS O SENSOR BT11-8 2 R3 LIGHTING FC14-79 II #8 5A STOP LAMP RELAY 1 B U 04.2 U U U B LOGIC FC14-104 WR U BT1-17 5 1 1 N (COUPE) R5 NOTE: BTS5 – Adaptive Damping only. BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH (CONV) BT11-5 OG BTS5 Fig. 09.3 Exterior Lighting: Rear I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data 17.3 17.4 NAVIGATION: REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 19.1 PARKING AID: REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) B BT26-1 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 BT26-2 RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY) B BTS17 BT2AR Fig. 09.4 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR – LH LF34 3-WAY / BLACK HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY / REAR HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR – RH LF24 3-WAY / BLACK HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY / REAR HEADLAMP LEVELING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE HID HEADLAMP UNIT – LH LF30 9-WAY / BLACK LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY HID HEADLAMP UNIT – RH LF23 9-WAY / BLACK RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY RIDE HEIGHT SENSOR – FRONT AXLE LF33 6-WAY / BLACK FRONT SUSPENSION RIDE HEIGHT SENSOR – REAR AXLE XL1 6-WAY / BLACK REAR SUSPENSION HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location BT3 20-WAY / YELLOW / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH LF59 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RH13 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY RL2 4-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO LH REAR WHEEL LINK HARNESS ABOVE REAR AXLE / LEFT HAND SIDE XL2 4-WAY / BLACK / LH REAR WHEEL LINK HARNESS TO RIDE HEIGHT SENSOR LINK HARNESS ABOVE REAR AXLE / LEFT HAND SIDE GROUNDS Ground Location BT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE LF1 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP LF2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Headlamp Leveling Headlamp Leveling Fig. 09.4 WR 55 II FC55-5 WR 53 0 II 1 GW 390 Ω 2 LF34-3 GW FC55-6 SERVO AMPLIFIER GW LFS6 LF60-15 LF34-2 3 BK BK B FCS47 FC55-2 B LFS9 LEVELING SWITCH LF34-1 LF2BS LH HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR FC3BR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK WR 54 II LF24-3 SERVO AMPLIFIER GW LF24-2 B B LFS8 LF24-1 LF1AL RH HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR DRIVER-CONTROLLED HEADLAMP LEVELING 56 WR II B LF30-1 O D HI1-7 HI1-2 21.2 SERIAL COMMUNICATION 21.2 SERIAL COMMUNICATION LF30-5 HI1-6 HI1-9 HI1-10 HI1-11 W O Y 50 II W I PWM LF33-4 B LF33-5 LF30-2 HI1-4 HI1-12 U I P LF33-2 HI1-8 B B P STEPPER MOTOR AND ACTUATOR HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE * LFS9 LF33-1 B LF30-3 LH HID HEADLAMP UNIT LF2BS FRONT AXLE RIDE HEIGHT SENSOR LFS1 57 WR II B LF23-1 O D HJ1-7 HJ1-2 LF23-5 HJ1-6 WR 51 WR II Y RL2-1 XL2-3 WR BTS10 Y U RL2-2 B XL1-5 XL2-2 W W O U XL1-4 B XL2-4 W RL2-4 W BT3-19 W RH13-12 W W HJ1-9 I PWM LF59-3 LF23-2 HJ1-4 XL1-2 HJ1-10 B B P XL1-1 XL2-1 B RL2-3 B BTS17 HJ1-11 BT2AR REAR AXLE RIDE HEIGHT SENSOR HJ1-12 P STEPPER MOTOR AND ACTUATOR HJ1-8 HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE * B LFS8 LF23-3 B LF1AL RH HID HEADLAMP UNIT AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP LEVELING (HID HEADLAMPS) 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data * NOTE: Refer to Fig. 09.2 for Headlamp Leveling Control Module exterior lighting details. VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 10.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS I O I I I O B+ S S O B+ FC14-15 FC14-24 FC14-32 FC14-41 FC14-67 FC14-74 FC14-80 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-101 FC14-104 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND INTERIOR LIGHTING ACTIVATE (FADE 1) : TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED KEY-IN-IGNITION: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED INTERIOR LIGHTING ACTIVATE (FADE 21) : TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ SCP – SCP + INTERIOR LIGHTING ENABLE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ Component Connector(s) Connector Description BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET DIODE (BT29) – TRUNK SWITCH BT29 DIODE TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR AJAR SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 13-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 DD11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 DP11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic B+ SG S O S PG DD10-01 DD10-08 DD10-09 DD10-14 DD10-16 DD10-17 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND SCP – DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ SCP + POWER GROUND: GROUND I I I DD11-04 DD11-12 DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN) Passenger Door Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic B+ SG S O S PD DP10-01 DP10-08 DP10-09 DP10-14 DP10-16 DP10-17 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND SCP – PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, PDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ SCP + POWER GROUND: GROUND I DP11-20 Location DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING FOOTWELL LAMP – DRIVER FC31 2-WAY / BLACK LH FOOTWELL FOOTWELL LAMP – PASSENGER FC32 2-WAY / BLACK RH FOOTWELL GLOVE BOX LAMP FC33 FC34 1-WAY / CLEAR 1-WAY / CLEAR GLOVE BOX IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN PUDDLE LAMP – DRIVER DOOR DD14 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP – PASSENGER DOOR DP14 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR REAR INTERIOR LAMP RH3 2-WAY / WHITE REAR CENTER OF HEAD LINING ROOF CONSOLE RF10 6-WAY / GREY ROOF CONSOLE TRUNK LAMP – LH BT56 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / LH SIDE TRUNK LAMP – RH BT59 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / RH SIDE TRUNK SWITCH BT46 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK VANITY LAMP – LH RF8 3-WAY / YELLOW SUN VISOR VANITY LAMP – RH RF7 3-WAY / YELLOW SUN VISOR HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN) NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. Connector Connector Description Location BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY GROUNDS Ground Location BT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST RH1 RIGHT HAND REAR QUARTER FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Interior Lighting 15 N B FC14-80 19 NW B FC14-104 NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to switch off interior lamps during engine cranking. 1 GO WU 15 WR NW LOGIC B FCS50 FC31-1 FC4BL (FC2BL) DRIVER FOOTWELL LAMP I FADE 1 NW NW O FCS1 FC14-24 I II B FC32-2 FC14-15 B FCS46 FC32-1 FC2BR (FC4BR) PASSENGER FOOTWELL LAMP I I FC14-32 NW 21.1 REFER TO APPENDIX: SCP / BPM / DDCM / PDCM INTERIOR LIGHTING MESSAGES B FC31-2 LIGHTING FC14-41 5 Fig. 10.1 Interior Lighting U NW B RH2-5 S – RH3-2 FC14-84 SCP 21.1 Y B RHS2 RH3-1 REAR INTERIOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY) S + RH1S FC14-85 RW BK BK FCS48 O FC4-5 FC4-4 FC14-67 BT56-1 LH TRUNK LAMP IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC3BL RW BT56-2 I RW RW RH2-6 RW RW BTS25 BT1-5 RW BT59-2 RW BTS26 BT59-1 RW BT29-1 BT29 BT29-2 N U – S ILLUMINATION O ENABLE 21.1 DD10-9 Y + S 37 OY NW DD3-10 RW RW B B FCS36 FC14-101 FC33 21.1 FCS46 FC34 FC2BR (FC4BR) GLOVE BOX LAMP DD10-16 I DD11-12 NG UNLOCK DD3-12 TRUNK SWITCH B DD10-1 LOCK BT46-1 BT46-2 RH TRUNK LAMP 25 BK RW BTS6 I RW DD11-4 DD3-11 KEY BARREL RW RFS2 BK RW RF5-5 RF8-1 RF8-3 DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES LH VANITY LAMP BK GW DD3-6 DD3-7 I GW O DD11-20 BK RW DD10-14 RF7-1 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH RF7-3 RH VANITY LAMP BK BK BK DDS7 DD1-2 B DD10-8 B P DD10-17 DD1-21 FC4AR (FC2AR) LH MAP LAMP SWITCH DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE RW RF10-5 O FADE 2 N 50 B DP10-1 U – S RW FC14-74 LH MAP LAMP RW RF1-12 RF10-4 BK 21.1 DP10-9 Y + S BK GW DP3-6 DP3-7 BK BK DP1-2 RH MAP LAMP 21.1 DP11-20 P DP10-14 BODY PROCESSOR MODULE BK ROOF CONSOLE DP10-8 B GW P DP10-17 DP1-21 FC3BR RH MAP LAMP SWITCH GW O DPS7 B FC2AR (FC4AR) B DD14-2 B B DDS1 DD14-1 DD1-1 FC4AL (FC2AL) DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE GW B DP14-2 DP14-1 B DPS1 B DP1-1 FC2AL (FC4AL) PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E BK RF5-6 DP10-16 I PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH BK RFS1 RF10-1 I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 BK BTS21 BT1AR Fig. 10.2 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Dimmer Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS O O I I I SG O O PG B+ B+ SS FC23-01 FC23-02 FC23-03 FC23-04 FC23-05 FC23-06 FC23-07 FC23-08 FC23-09 FC23-10 FC23-11 FC23-12 ILLUMINATION ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DIMMER MODULE SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ ILLUMINATION ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DIMMER MODULE SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY: GROUND (IGNITION I) SIDE LAMPS ON SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED DIMMER SENSOR SIGNAL: 1.3 V = DIM; 4 V = BRIGHT DIMMER SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND ILLUMINATION ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DIMMER MODULE SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ ILLUMINATION ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DIMMER MODULE SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ DIMMER SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH FC63 10-WAY / NATURAL REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL FC43 12-WAY / BLUE CENTER CONSOLE CIGAR LIGHTER FC42 FC59 2-WAY / METALLIC 1-WAY / BLACK FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH FC62 10-WAY / BLACK DIMMER CONTROL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC11 6-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN COWL DIMMER MODULE FC23 12-WAY / BLACK FASCIA / ADJACENT TO RH SIDE FUSE BOX FORWARD ALERT SWITCH FC102 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE FC88 10-WAY / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA MINOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC79 20-WAY / BLACK FASCIA MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) FC35 10-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE IC22 IC23 16-WAY / BLACK 24-WAY / BLACK NAVIGATION DISPLAY MODULE FC97 FC98 12-WAY / BLACK 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND NAVIGATION DISPLAY RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 IC19 IC20 8-WAY / BLACK 12-WAY / WHITE 26-WAY / YELLOW CENTER CONSOLE ROOF CONSOLE RF10 6-WAY / GREY ROOF CONSOLE SWITCH PACK – CENTER CONSOLE FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR DD17 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR DP17 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27 10-WAY / BLACK FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH FC41 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE VALET SWITCH FC67 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM IC1 20-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN GROUNDS Ground Location CE2 ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Dimmer-Controlled Lighting MINOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE NAVIGATION DISPLAY AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL RADIO B FC43-7 DIMMER OVERRIDE FC79 -8 FC79 -16 FC25 -17 FC25 -6 FC26 -21 FC97 -12 FC97 -11 FC97 -2 IC20 -20 IC20 -21 BK B RW RU RG RG FCS49 RU BK RG RU RG B CE2AS CE2BS B IC1 -20 FC4BR (FC2BR) FC3BL 07.1 A/CCM: GROUND 09.1 BPM: HAZARD STATE IC19 -6 BK FCS48 N FC55 -3 IC22 -14 FC25 -16 Fig. 10.2 Dimmer-Controlled Lighting RG IC1 -6 IC1 -5 RU RG FC43 -8 FC43 -9 R RG FC55 -10 FC55 -4 FC55 -16 CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK B FCS49 RG RG RG B RG RG FC35-10 FCS4 SC3-8 SC11-2 R FC4BR (FC2BR) DIMMER OVERRIDE RU RU FCS72 BK FC35-5 O FC23-1 RU FC35-1 BK FCS47 FC3BR TRANSMISSION MODE SWITCH O FC23-2 NR 48 B FC23-10 NR 49 B I UY UY CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH R FC23-12 FC23-5 B RW RU B FC63-5 DIMMER CONTROL RG FC63-10 BK SC2-4 BK RFS1 RF5-6 BK BK SC2-9 BK RW SIDE RW RW SCS2 AUTO FC3BL R RF1-21 RF10-6 DIMMER OVERRIDE B FC27-3 FC27-4 FC3BR DIP SCS1 RF10-1 RU AC15-7 SIDE FCS48 RU BK FC63-1 ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT SWITCH R UY DIP BK RW FCS9 SC2-3 I ROOF CONSOLE FC23-4 TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK R R LIGHTING STALK P B FC23-9 B B FCS46 R DD17-4 DD17-5 R DDS5 DIMMER MODULE B FC41-4 R FC41-2 ACS7 DD1-9 TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH FC2BR (FC4BR) COLUMN SWITCHGEAR DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK RU B FC102-9 BPM: SIDE LAMPS ON 14.1 093 09.2 09.1 FC4BR (FC2BR) FC23-6 SC11-3 DIMMER OVERRIDE FCS49 CIGAR LIGHTER FCS3 FC23-8 SC3-11 SC11-6 FC42-1 R O G G B FC59 I SC3-10 RW I Y SC11-5 FC62-7 FC23-3 SC3-9 Y G B FC62-9 UY SC11-4 Y RU FCS73 FC23-7 WR 13 RU O FC23-11 FC102-5 FC4BL (FC2BL) FORWARD ALERT SWITCH B B B DDS1 DD1-1 R DD5-1 R DD5-9 B FC88-5 FC4AL (FC2AL) FC88-10 DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE B B DP1-1 R B DPS1 DP17-3 FC2AL (FC4AL) 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground DP17-4 R DP1-9 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground R B FC67-9 FC67-5 VALET SWITCH A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 B FCS50 RW Fig. 11.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS I I PG I SS I O I I I O B+ S S I SG SG I O O B+ FC14-11 FC14-15 FC14-25 FC14-32 FC14-40 FC14-41 FC14-52 FC14-58 FC14-66 FC14-67 FC14-78 FC14-80 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-87 FC14-90 FC14-91 FC14-93 FC14-99 FC14-100 FC14-102 AUTO TILT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND COLUMN MOTORS GROUND: GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND COLUMN MOTORS POSITION SENSORS SIGNAL SUPPLY: 5 V (NOMINAL) ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED COLUMN REACH MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED COLUMN REACH MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE / IN = HIGHER VOLTAGE; OUT = LOWER VOLTAGE KEY-IN-IGNITION: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED COLUMN REACH MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ SCP – SCP + COLUMN JOY STICK SWITCH SIGNAL: VARYING VOLTAGE WHEN ACTIVATED COLUMN TILT MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND COLUMN REACH MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND COLUMN TILT MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE / UP = HIGHER VOLTAGE; DOWN = LOWER VOLTAGE COLUMN TILT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE COLUMN TILT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (MOTORS) : B+ Component Connector(s) Connector Description AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC9 6-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET Location COLUMN JOY STICK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC9 6-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 DD11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY STEERING COLUMN MOTORS FC60 FC61 6-WAY / WHITE 8-WAY / YELLOW STEERING COLUMN SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic GROUNDS B+ SG S S PG DD10-01 DD10-08 DD10-09 DD10-16 DD10-17 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND SCP – SCP + POWER GROUND: GROUND Ground Location FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST O I I I I DD11-02 DD11-06 DD11-20 DD11-21 DD11-22 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED: GROUND (LED ON) MEMORY SET REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN) MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Steering Column Movement 15 N B Fig. 11.1 Steering Column Movement STEERING COLUMN MOTORS LOGIC FC14-80 42 N FC14-102 1 B COLUMN MOTORS GO I FC14-41 5 WU II 15 WR I I FC14-32 U 21.1 REFER TO APPENDIX: SCP / BPM / DDCM MESSAGES I FC14-15 S – FC14-84 SCP Y 21.1 FC60 -2 FC60 -5 FC60 -3 FC60 -1 WU BG Y UY FC60 -6 FC61 -3 FC61 -6 FC61 -4 FC61 -1 FC61 -8 BR WU BW RU U BW S + FC14-85 BK O BK FCS48 FC4-5 BG I FC4-4 FC14-67 FC14-90 WU IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC3BL FCS17 FC14-40 Y I FC14-93 BK BK FCS47 YB FC87-3 FC87-1 I FC14-58 FC14-99 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC3BR UY O BR O FC14-100 BW FC14-91 RU I FC14-66 270 Ω U O 20 NR FC14-78 100 Ω NR SC3-5 SC9-1 Y Y SC9-3 470 Ω I FC14-52 COLUMN MOTORS GROUND 820 Ω COLUMN JOY STICK BK BK BK FCS48 B P FC14-25 B FCS46 FC2BR (FC4BR) BK YB YB SCS1 SC9-7 SC2-9 BW O FC14-87 SC3-6 SC9-5 AUTO TILT SWITCH SC3-7 I P FC14-11 BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC3BL COLUMN SWITCHGEAR N 25 B DD10-1 U 21.1 S – DD10-9 Y 21.1 S + DD10-16 34 NW O MEMORY 1 DD5-5 I DD5-7 DD11-21 WU MEMORY SET I DD11-6 DD5-10 UY MEMORY 2 NOTE: Memory circuit – Driver Memory Seat vehicles only. I DD11-22 DD5-6 U O DD11-2 DD5-8 SET MEMORY STATUS DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK GW BK DD3-6 DD3-7 I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH BK BK DD1-2 BK DDS7 B DD10-8 B DD1-21 P DD10-17 FC4AR (FC2AR) DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 11.2 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS I I I I B+ S S FC14-15 FC14-32 FC14-41 FC14-58 FC14-80 FC14-84 FC14-85 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ SCP – SCP + Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 DD11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 DP11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING Driver Door Control Module DOOR MIRROR MOTOR – DRIVER MD1 8-WAY / BLUE BEHIND MIRROR
Pin Description and Characteristic DOOR MIRROR MOTOR – PASSENGER MP1 8-WAY / BLUE BEHIND MIRROR B+ SS O O SG S SS PG O I I DD10-01 DD10-02 DD10-03 DD10-04 DD10-08 DD10-09 DD10-13 DD10-17 DD10-20 DD10-21 DD10-22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY : B+ DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR ACTIVATE: B+ = RIGHT, GROUND = LEFT DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR ACTIVATE: B+ = UP, GROUND = DOWN LOGIC GROUND: GROUND SCP – DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ POWER GROUND: GROUND DRIVER DOOR MIRROR SENSOR COMMON SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RIGHT DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 1 V = DOWN; 8 V = UP MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA DRIVER DOOR I O I I I I I I I I DD11-01 DD11-02 DD11-03 DD11-06 DD11-09 DD11-10 DD11-17 DD11-20 DD11-21 DD11-22 MIRROR SELECT: B+ = UP / RIGHT; GROUND = DOWN / LEFT SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED: GROUND (LED ON) RH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ = DOWN; GROUND = UP MEMORY SET REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ = LEFT; GROUND = RIGHT LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ = LEFT; GROUND = RIGHT LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ = DOWN; GROUND = UP DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN) MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED MIRROR JOY STICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD17 20-WAY / BLACK NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM DD8 12-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER DOOR MIRROR TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM DP8 12-WAY/ BLUE / PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING GROUNDS Ground Location FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST Major Instrument Cluster
C S S C Pin Description and Characteristic FC25-11 FC25-13 FC25-14 FC25-23 CAN + SCP + SCP – CAN – FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. Passenger Door Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic B+ SS O O SG S S PG O I I DP10-01 DP10-02 DP10-03 DP10-04 DP10-08 DP10-09 DP10-16 DP10-17 DP10-20 DP10-21 DP10-22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY : B+ PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR ACTIVATE: B+ = RIGHT, GROUND = LEFT PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR ACTIVATE: B+ = UP, GROUND = DOWN LOGIC GROUND: GROUND SCP – SCP + POWER GROUND: GROUND PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR SENSOR COMMON SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RIGHT PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 1 V = DOWN; 8 V = UP NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Mirror Movement N 15 Fig. 11.2 Mirror Movement SCP REFER TO APPENDIX: SCP / BPM / DDCM / PDCM / MIRROR MOVEMENT MESSAGES CAN REVERSE GEAR; VEHICLE SPEED B FC14-80 1 GO I – 5 WU 15 WR S – + Y S 21.1 21.1 Y C FC25-14 21.1 FC25-11 Y S + – G C FC25-13 FC14-85 21.1 FC25-23 P I FC87-1 FC14-58 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC3BR U I YB FC87-3 21.1 FC14-32 BK FCS47 + FC14-15 I BK 21.1 FC14-84 I II U S FC14-41 MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BODY PROCESSOR MODULE N 25 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS B DD10-1 – BK BK DDS7 DD1-2 GW BK FC4AR (FC2AR) DD3-6 DD3-7 DD11-20 NW + Y S 21.1 DD10-16 MD1 -7 O MEMORY 1 DD5-5 MD1 -5 MD1 -8 MD1 -1 MD1 -4 MD1 -2 MP1 -7 MP1 -3 MP1 -5 MP1 -8 MP1 -1 MP1 -4 MP1 -2 WU WG K N U G S WU WG K N U G S DD8 -10 DD8 -4 DP8 -2 DP8 -6 DP8 -8 DP8 -3 DP8 -5 DP8 -10 DP8 -4 U BW WU BK OG UY RU DD11-21 WU I DD11-6 DD5-10 UY MEMORY 2 I DD8 -2 DD8 -6 DD8 -8 DD8 -3 DD8 -5 WU BK OG UY RU U BW DD11-22 DD5-6 U WU O DD11-2 DD5-8 SET MEMORY STATUS MD1 -3 I DD5-7 MEMORY SET NOTE: Memory circuit – Driver Memory Seat vehicles only. 21.1 DD10-9 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH 34 U S I DD10-20 OG I DD10-22 DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK UY O DD10-4 RU I NW 35 NR DIRECTION DD17-10 DD17-2 DD10-21 I DD11-1 O LH VERTICAL DD10-3 DD11-17 DD17-11 WB LH HORIZONTAL U O I BW O DD10-2 I DD11-10 DD17-12 FOLD-BACK DD17-1 YR RH VERTICAL DD1-2 DDS7 Y RH HORIZONTAL BK BK BK I BK DD1-2 B B P DD10-17 DD1-21 FC4AR (FC2AR) DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE MIRROR JOY STICK FC4AR (FC2AR) BK DDS7 DD10-8 DD11-9 DD17-14 DD17-20 BK I DD11-3 DD17-13 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE: FOLD-BACK MIRRORS 11.3 U S WG 21.1 DP10-9 + Y S 21.1 DP10-16 50 N WU B DP10-1 DP10-20 OG I DP10-22 UY O DP10-4 RU I DP10-21 U O DP10-3 BW O DP10-2 BK BK DPS7 DP10-8 B B P DP10-17 DP1-21 FC2AR (FC4AR) PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground BK DP1-2 + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 11.3 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS I I I SS I B+ B+ S S FC14-06 FC14-15 FC14-16 FC14-21 FC14-39 FC14-79 FC14-80 FC14-84 FC14-85 HEADLAMP DIPPED BEAM SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND SIDE LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED AUTO LAMPS SWITCH SIGNAL SUPPLY AUTO LAMPS SIGNAL † BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LIGHTING) : B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ SCP – SCP + Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 DD11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR MIRROR FOLD-BACK MOTOR – DRIVER MD3 6-WAY / BLUE BEHIND MIRROR DOOR MIRROR FOLD-BACK MOTOR – PASSENGER MP3 6-WAY / BLUE BEHIND MIRROR Driver Door Control Module INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA
Pin Description and Characteristic MIRROR JOY STICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD17 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR B+ SG S S DD10-01 DD10-08 DD10-09 DD10-16 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND SCP – SCP + SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 SD4 SD5 16-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 SP5 16-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION I DD11-15 DOOR MIRROR POWER FOLD BACK REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 BT41 BT42 RH20 16-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK COAXIAL CONNECTOR TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER Driver Seat Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic O SD3-04 DOOR MIRROR FOLD BACK ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND PG B+ S S SD5-02 SD5-05 SD5-09 SD5-10 POWER GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ SCP + SCP – HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Major Instrument Cluster
C S S C Pin Description and Characteristic FC25-11 FC25-13 FC25-14 FC25-23 CAN + SCP + SCP – CAN – Passenger Seat Control Module Connector Connector Description Location AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE AC16 8-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM DD8 12-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER DOOR MIRROR TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM DP8 12-WAY/ BLUE / PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW / ROOF HARNESS TO INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR LINK HARNESS ROOF CONSOLE RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
Pin Description and Characteristic SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT O SP3-04 DOOR MIRROR FOLD OUT ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT PG B+ S S SP5-02 SP5-05 SP5-09 SP5-10 POWER GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ SCP + SCP – GROUNDS Ground Location BT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY Security and Locking Control Module FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
Pin Description and Characteristic FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE O B+ S SG SG S BT40-05 BT40-06 BT40-08 BT40-13 BT40-14 BT40-16 REVERSE LAMP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ SCP + LOGIC GROUND: GROUND LOGIC GROUND: GROUND SCP – FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST FC5 RIGHT HAND SEAT FC6 LEFT HAND SEAT FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 35 Interior and Exterior Mirrors Tint; Fold-Back Mirrors NW N 25 B DD17-10 U – S DD10-1 21.1 DD10-9 Y + S Fig. 11.3 Interior and Exterior Mirrors Tint; Fold -Back Mirrors SCP REFER TO APPENDIX: SCP / MIRROR MOVEMENT / LIGHTING MESSAGES. CAN VEHICLE SPEED; REVERSE GEAR 21.1 DD10-16 WG FOLD-BACK BK I DD11-15 DD17-1 DD10-8 BK DDS7 U 21.1 BK S – Y + C DD1-2 Y 21.1 FC4AR (FC2AR) 21.1 FC25-11 FC25-14 S + G – C 21.1 FC25-23 FC25-13 DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE MIRROR JOY STICK NR 9 B U – S SD5-5 DD17-20 SD5-10 Y + S DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK U 21.1 B BK B B SDS3 SD1-1 P R O SD5-2 U PB DD1-20 SD5-9 BK DDS7 MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER 21.1 SD3-4 R R FCS6 SD1-7 R R R MD3-5 OR DDS3 DD1-6 AC16-4 MIRROR TINT DD8-12 MD3-2 DD8-1 FC6L (FC5L) DD1-2 DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE BK FC4AR (FC2AR) YR YR AC16-6 NR 29 B U – S SP5-5 OB YR MD3-1 DD8-7 DD1-14 FOLD-BACK 21.1 SP5-10 Y + S DRIVER DOOR MIRROR 21.1 SP5-9 B B B SPS3 SP1-1 P R O SP5-2 SP3-4 YR FCS7 SP1-7 FOLD-BACK FC5S (FC6S) YR AC13-20 PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE NR 53 B U – S BT40-6 YR Y + S R R 21.1 BT40-8 ACS9 OR R DPS3 DP1-6 AC13-18 U PB U MIRROR TINT MP3-6 DP8-12 Y O BT40-13 BK MP3-2 DP8-1 DP1-20 BK MP3-1 DP8-7 DP1-14 R 21.1 BT40-16 OB YR PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR BT40-5 BK BTS21 BT40-14 BT1AR SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE COMPASS N 15 B U – S NG 52 B Y + S 5 II II U 21.1 FC14-85 FC14-79 WU 34 21.1 FC14-84 FC14-80 I I YU SC2-1 YU Y Y BT1-19 I Y RF5-6 UY I SC2-4 BK RFS1 I REVERSE GEAR RM1-2 RF2-2 BK O AUTO LAMPS RM1-8 Y RF1-2 BK TINT YU RF2-5 Y RH2-17 O MIRROR RM1-4 RF2-4 RF1-11 FC14-39 FC14-21 UY DIP U RF1-14 YU B RM1-1 U AC13-19 BTS9 YU U YU FC14-15 WR BK RM1-3 RF2-3 FC3BR FC14-6 INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR SIDE BK BK FCS48 SC2-9 BK BK DIP SCS1 SIDE RW RW RW SCS2 AUTO SC2-3 RW FCS9 I Y P Y FC3BL LIGHTING STALK BODY PROCESSOR MODULE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I 09.3 FC14-16 I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 REVERSE LAMPS 09.3 Fig. 12.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS O I O B+ S S I FC14-17 FC14-35 FC14-69 FC14-80 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-86 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ SCP – SCP + LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 DD11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR – DRIVER SD23 6-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH – DRIVER SD25 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER Driver Door Control Module SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH –†DRIVER SD24 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER
Pin Description and Characteristic SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – DRIVER (LHD) RH35 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL B+ SG S S PG DD10-01 DD10-08 DD10-09 DD10-16 DD10-17 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND SCP – SCP + POWER GROUND: GROUND SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – DRIVER (RHD) RH36 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER SD20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 SD4 SD5 16-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION SEAT CUSHION HEATER – DRIVER SD19 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION O I I I DD11-02 DD11-06 DD11-21 DD11-22 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED: GROUND (LED ON) MEMORY SET REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER SD14 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT BACK SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER SD7 SD8 SD9 SD10 6-WAY / WHITE 6-WAY / WHITE 6-WAY / GREY 6-WAY / YELLOW BELOW SEAT CUSHION Driver Head Restraint Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic B+ I O O SG PG I I SG I SS S S I I SD22-01 SD22-03 SD22-04 SD22-05 SD22-06 SD22-07 SD22-08 SD22-09 SD22-10 SD22-11 SD22-12 SD22-13 SD22-14 SD22-15 SD22-16 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ HEAD RESTRAINT UP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE DHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND POWER GROUND: GROUND DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: GROUND (DRIVER) HEAD RESTRAINT DOWN REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ SCP – SCP + SEAT BACK LATCHED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED SQUAB HEATER – DRIVER SD17 3-WAY / GREY SEAT SQUAB SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT SD11 16-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM RH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT GROUNDS Ground Location FC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE Driver Seat Control Module FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
Pin Description and Characteristic FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST FC5 RIGHT HAND SEAT O O O O O O O I I I I I I I I SD3-01 SD3-02 SD3-03 SD3-05 SD3-06 SD3-07 SD3-08 SD3-09 SD3-10 SD3-11 SD3-12 SD3-13 SD3-14 SD3-15 SD3-16 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – REAR: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DRIVER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DRIVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER SEAT LOWER REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER SEAT RAISE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT LOWER REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT RAISE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED FC6 LEFT HAND SEAT SG SS SS SG I I I I SS SS SG SG SD4-01 SD4-02 SD4-05 SD4-06 SD4-08 SD4-10 SD4-11 SD4-12 SD4-14 SD4-15 SD4-18 SD4-19 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ DRIVER SEAT SQUAB POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN DRIVER SEAT SQUAB POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 9 V = UP; 4 V = DOWN DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = FORWARD; 2 V = REAR DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE: B+ DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND I PG O O B+ I S S SD5-01 SD5-02 SD5-03 SD5-04 SD5-05 SD5-08 SD5-09 SD5-10 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: GROUND (DRIVER) POWER GROUND: GROUND DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED: B+ (FASTENED) SCP + SCP – FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Driver Seat: Memory NR 16 – FC55-8 (LHD) FC55-15 (RHD) O + 21.1 SCP Y S FC14-69 (LHD) FC14-17 (RHD) OG (LHD) G (RHD) REFER TO APPENDIX: SCP / SEAT MOVEMENT MESSAGES. 21.1 FC14-85 I FC55-7 (LHD) FC55-14 (RHD) FC55-16 FC14-86 (LHD) FC14-35 (RHD) (LH – LHD / RH – RHD) DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR P SEAT HEATER SWITCH FC4BR (FC2BR) U S FC14-84 O (LHD) OY (RHD) B FCS49 B FC14-80 SEAT HEATER STATE B N 15 FC55-9 Fig. 12.1 Driver Seat: Memory DRIVER SEAT MOTORS BODY PROCESSOR MODULE CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK N 25 B DD10-1 – DD5-5 DD5-7 + UY MEMORY 2 BK I DD10-8 U O N 21 B SD22-1 SD24-1 BW SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH – S SD22-13 + S SD22-14 SD22-10 I SD22-16 FCS45 G SD1-11 G SDS7 BG SD25-2 SD22-12 I SD22-15 SD25-1 OG SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH FC1S B DD10-17 DD1-21 FC4AR (FC2AR) I SD22-3 NG I SD22-9 * I SD22-11 O SD22-5 O SD22-4 P SD22-7 I SD22-8 SD22-6 U Y WG YU W UY RU B B G N 180 Ω SD11-9 DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE SD11-15 SD23 -6 SD23 -2 SD23 -1 SD23 -3 SD10 -5 SD10 -6 SD10 -2 SD10 -1 SD10 -3 WG YU W UY RU YB YG Y G GR SD9 -2 SD9 -1 SD9 -3 SD8 -2 SD8 -6 SD8 -5 SD8 -3 SD8 -1 SD7 -5 SD7 -6 SD7 -2 WR WU WR OG UY WG W W GO NG WB BG BO WU WR SD9 -5 SD9 -6 SD7 -1 SD7 -3 U Y SDS9 SDS10 G SDS7 22 SD23 -5 BK DD1-2 DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE G BK BK DDS7 B P DD11-2 DD5-8 DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SWITCH PACK BK 21.1 DD10-16 DD11-22 DD5-6 SD24-2 Y S I DD11-6 DD5-10 SET MEMORY STATUS 21.1 DD10-9 DD11-21 WU MEMORY SET U S I 21.1 34 O MEMORY 1 21.1 NW BK SD1-11 BK FCS45 * NOTE: Module Identification (SD22-8 connected to ground – Driver Seat). FC1S SD11-16 GR I SD11-4 SD3-14 GU I SD11-5 – S SD5-10 + S SD5-9 SD3-13 WG SD4-19 SD4-15 I SD11-12 SD3-12 W I SD11-14 SD3-11 NR I SD4-8 O SD3-5 SD3-6 O SD4-18 I SD11-7 SD3-16 GW SD4-14 I SD11-8 SD3-15 UY I SD11-6 I SD4-10 O SD5-3 O SD5-4 SD3-9 OY SD4-1 SD4-5 I SD11-13 SD3-10 B NR 9 B I SD4-11 O SD3-1 O SD3-2 SD5-5 YB B 10 Ω B SDS3 LUMBAR CONTROL G SD11-11 SD4-6 SD4-2 I SD5-8 O SD11-3 SD11-1 SD1-1 10 Ω B FC6L (FC5L) ** DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK WG 19 G B II SD20-4 RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE: SEAT BELT FASTENED BK BK FCS45 18.1 SD4-12 O SD3-7 O SD3-8 P SD5-2 O SD3-3 I SD5-1 ** NOTE: Module Identification (SD5-1 connected to ground – Driver Seat). DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE SD20-2 B SD19-3 SD17-1 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATER SD17-3 DRIVER SQUAB HEATER B SD14-3 HALL EFFECT SWITCH BW BW SD1-12 RH9-18 (LHD) RH9-19 (RHD) 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II WG RH35-2 (LHD) RH36-2 (RHD) RH35-1 (LHD) RH36-1 (RHD) O 31 II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data B SD1-1 SDS3 FC6L (FC5L) SD14-1 DRIVER SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH I B SD14-2 BW SD20-1 FC1S E FC6R (FC5R) YU G SDS7 B R SD19-1 YB SD20-5 II O SD1-6 SD20-3 G SD1-11 I U Y YB YG Y G GR WR WU WR OG UY WG W W GO NG WB BG BO WU WR B O BO VARIANT: Memory Seat Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 12.2 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS O I O B+ S S I FC14-17 FC14-35 FC14-69 FC14-80 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-86 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ SCP – SCP + LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR – DRIVER SD23 6-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH – DRIVER SD25 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH –†DRIVER SD24 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – DRIVER (LHD) RH35 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – DRIVER (RHD) RH36 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL Driver Head Restraint Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER SD20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION B+ I O O SG PG I I SG I SS S S I I SD22-01 SD22-03 SD22-04 SD22-05 SD22-06 SD22-07 SD22-08 SD22-09 SD22-10 SD22-11 SD22-12 SD22-13 SD22-14 SD22-15 SD22-16 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ HEAD RESTRAINT UP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE DHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND POWER GROUND: GROUND DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: GROUND (DRIVER) HEAD RESTRAINT DOWN REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ SCP – SCP + SEAT BACK LATCHED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 SD4 SD5 16-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION SEAT CUSHION HEATER – DRIVER SD19 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER SD14 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT BACK SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER SD7 SD8 SD9 SD10 6-WAY / WHITE 6-WAY / WHITE 6-WAY / GREY 6-WAY / YELLOW BELOW SEAT CUSHION SQUAB HEATER – DRIVER SD17 3-WAY / GREY SEAT SQUAB SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT SD11 16-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Driver Seat Control Module Connector Connector Description Location
Pin Description and Characteristic RH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE O O O O O O O I I I I I I I I SD3-01 SD3-02 SD3-03 SD3-05 SD3-06 SD3-07 SD3-08 SD3-09 SD3-10 SD3-11 SD3-12 SD3-13 SD3-14 SD3-15 SD3-16 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DRIVER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – REAR: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DRIVER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DRIVER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DRIVER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER SEAT LOWER REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER SEAT RAISE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT LOWER REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT RAISE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT I PG O O B+ I S S SD5-01 SD5-02 SD5-03 SD5-04 SD5-05 SD5-08 SD5-09 SD5-10 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: GROUND (DRIVER) POWER GROUND: GROUND DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE DSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED: B+ (FASTENED) SCP + SCP – GROUNDS Ground Location FC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST FC5 RIGHT HAND SEAT FC6 LEFT HAND SEAT FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Driver Seat: Non Memory 15 N B – U S FC14-80 + 16 FC55-9 SEAT HEATER STATE B SCP Y S FC14-85 O OG (LHD) G (RHD) DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR I FC14-86 (LHD) FC14-35 (RHD) SEAT HEATER SWITCH BODY PROCESSOR MODULE (LH – LHD / RH – RHD) CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK – 21 N U S 21.1 SD22-13 B SD22-1 + Y S SD23 -5 21.1 SD22-14 WG G BW SD24-2 G SD1-11 G SDS7 BG SD25-2 SD23 -1 SD23 -3 SD10 -1 SD10 -3 SD9 -1 SD9 -3 SD8 -1 SD8 -3 SD7 -1 YU W UY RU G GR OG UY NG GO WU WR SD7 -3 SD22-12 W I BK SD23 -2 YU SD22-16 SD24-1 SD23 -6 WG SD22-10 I SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH FCS45 DRIVER SEAT MOTORS P FC55-16 FC4BR (FC2BR) BK REFER TO APPENDIX: SCP / SEAT MOVEMENT MESSAGES. 21.1 FC14-69 (LHD) FC14-17 (RHD) FC55-7 (LHD) FC55-14 (RHD) B FCS49 FC55-8 (LHD) FC55-15 (RHD) 21.1 FC14-84 O (LHD) OY (RHD) NR Fig. 12.2 Driver Seat: Non Memory SD22-11 I SD22-15 SD25-1 UY O SD22-5 SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH FC1S RU O SD22-4 B P SD22-7 OG I SD22-3 NG * B I SD22-8 G I SD22-9 G SD22-6 SDS7 BK SD1-11 BK FCS45 N 22 180 Ω SD11-9 DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE SD11-15 * NOTE: Module Identification (SD22-8 connected to ground – Driver Seat). FC1S SD11-16 GR SD11-4 I – U S SD3-14 GU SD11-5 I + Y S SD3-13 WG SD11-12 I W G O SD3-5 I GR O SD3-11 NR SD11-7 SD3-6 I OG O SD5-3 SD3-16 GW SD11-8 I UY O SD5-4 SD3-15 UY SD11-6 I NG O SD3-2 SD3-9 OY SD11-13 I GO O SD3-1 SD3-10 B 9 NR WU O B SD5-5 SD3-7 WR O YB B SDS3 LUMBAR CONTROL 10 Ω B SD11-11 G SD3-8 I SD5-8 B P O SD5-2 SD11-3 SD11-1 SD1-1 O O 10 Ω B SD3-3 ** FC6L (FC5L) SD5-1 WG II SD20-4 RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE: SEAT BELT FASTENED BK FCS45 BK 18.1 SD17-1 SD17-3 DRIVER SQUAB HEATER YB SD14-3 B SDS3 SD14-2 BW BW BW SD1-12 RH9-18 (LHD) RH9-19 (RHD) 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II I II WG RH35-2 (LHD) RH36-2 (RHD) 31 SD14-1 SD1-1 II RH35-1 (LHD) RH36-1 (RHD) DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DRIVER SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH I B O HALL EFFECT SWITCH SD20-1 FC1S E SD19-3 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATER SD20-2 SD20-5 II FC6R (FC5R) YU G SDS7 B R SD19-1 SD20-3 G SD1-11 SD1-6 ** NOTE: Module Identification (SD5-1 connected to ground – Driver Seat). DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE G B O B BO I DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK 19 21.1 SD5-9 SD3-12 SD11-14 21.1 SD5-10 E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground B FC6L (FC5L) A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: Non Memory Seat Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 12.3 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS O I O B+ S S I FC14-17 FC14-35 FC14-69 FC14-80 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-86 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ SCP – SCP + LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) Component Connector(s) Connector Description BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER Passenger Head Restraint Control Module Location HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR – PASSENGER SP23 6-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH –†PASSENGER SP25 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP24 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – PASSENGER (LHD) RH36 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – PASSENGER (RHD) RH35 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
Pin Description and Characteristic SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION B+ I O O SG PG I I SG I SS S S I I SP22-01 SP22-03 SP22-04 SP22-05 SP22-06 SP22-07 SP22-08 SP22-09 SP22-10 SP22-11 SP22-12 SP22-13 SP22-14 SP22-15 SP22-16 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ HEAD RESTRAINT UP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE PHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND POWER GROUND: GROUND DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: OPEN CIRCUIT (PASSENGER) HEAD RESTRAINT DOWN REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ SCP – SCP + SEAT BACK LATCHED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 SP5 16-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION SEAT CUSHION HEATER – PASSENGER SP19 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER SP14 3-WAY / GREY SEAT BACK SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER SP7 SP8 SP9 SP10 6-WAY / WHITE 6-WAY / WHITE 6-WAY / GREY 6-WAY / YELLOW BELOW SEAT CUSHION SQUAB HEATER – PASSENGER SP17 3-WAY / GREY SEAT SQUAB SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT SP11 16-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Passenger Seat Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic O O O O O O O I I I I I I I I SP3-01 SP3-02 SP3-03 SP3-05 SP3-06 SP3-07 SP3-08 SP3-09 SP3-10 SP3-11 SP3-12 SP3-13 SP3-14 SP3-15 SP3-16 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – REAR: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ PASSENGER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ PASSENGER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ PASSENGER SEAT REAR SEAT HEIGHT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ PASSENGER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED PASSENGER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED PASSENGER SEAT LOWER REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED PASSENGER SEAT RAISE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED PASSENGER SEAT REAR HEIGHT LOWER REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED PASSENGER SEAT REAR HEIGHT RAISE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED I PG O O B+ S S SP5-01 SP5-02 SP5-03 SP5-04 SP5-05 SP5-09 SP5-10 PASSENGER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: OPEN CIRCUIT (PASSENGER) POWER GROUND: GROUND PASSENGER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ PASSENGER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ SCP + SCP – Connector Connector Description Location SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT GROUNDS Ground Location FC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST FC5 RIGHT HAND SEAT FC6 LEFT HAND SEAT FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Passenger Seat: 5-Way Movement 15 N B – NR OY (LHD) O (RHD) FC55-9 SEAT HEATER STATE B SCP Y S FC14-85 O G (LHD) OG (RHD) PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR I FC14-35 (LHD) FC14-86 (RHD) PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS P FC55-16 BODY PROCESSOR MODULE SEAT HEATER SWITCH FC4BR (FC2BR) (LH – RHD / RH – LHD) CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK – 43 N U S 21.1 SP22-13 B SP22-1 + Y S SP23 -5 21.1 SP22-14 WG SP23 -6 SP23 -2 SP23 -1 SP23 -3 SP10 -1 SP10 -3 SP9 -1 SP9 -3 SP8 -1 SP8 -3 SP7 -1 YU W UY RU G GR OG UY NG GO WU WR YU BW G SP24-2 SP24-1 SP22-12 I SP22-16 W I SP22-11 SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH UY O BK G G SP1-11 FCS45 SPS7 BG SP25-2 SP25-1 SP22-5 I SP22-15 RU O SP22-4 SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH FC1S SP7 -3 WG SP22-10 BK REFER TO APPENDIX: SCP / SEAT MOVEMENT MESSAGES. 21.1 FC14-17 (LHD) FC14-69 (RHD) FC55-14 (LHD) FC55-7 (RHD) B FCS49 FC55-15 (LHD) FC55-8 (RHD) 21.1 FC14-84 + 16 U S FC14-80 Fig. 12.3 Passenger Seat: 5-Way Movement B P SP22-7 OG I SP22-3 NG * I SP22-8 G I SP22-6 SP22-9 N 44 180 Ω SP11-9 BK SP1-11 BK FCS45 * NOTE: Module Identification (SD22-8 not connected to ground – Passenger Seat). PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE SP11-15 G SPS7 FC1S SP11-16 WG I SP11-4 – I + I SP3-5 W I SP3-6 NR I SP5-3 GW I SP5-4 UY I SP3-2 OY I 29 SP3-1 NR B SP3-7 SPS3 WR O SP3-8 O B P SP11-3 10 Ω B WU O B SP5-5 SP11-11 LUMBAR CONTROL GO O SP3-10 YB NG O SP3-9 B UY O SP3-15 SP11-13 OG O SP3-16 SP11-6 GR O SP3-11 SP11-8 G O SP3-12 SP11-7 SP5-2 SP11-1 O O 10 Ω SP1-1 SP3-3 ** B FC5S (FC6S) O I PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE WG BK BK FCS45 O G G BW BW BW SP1-12 RH9-19 (LHD) RH9-18 (RHD) FC1S 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 E II I II WG RH36-2 (LHD) RH35-2 (RHD) 32 II RH36-1 (LHD) RH35-1 (RHD) SP1-1 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP PASSENGER SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH I SPS3 B SP14-1 HALL EFFECT SWITCH SP20-1 SPS7 SP20-5 II B SP14-2 SP20-3 SP1-11 SP17-3 PASSENGER SQUAB HEATER SP14-3 SP20-2 YG 18.1 SP17-1 YB SP20-4 RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE: SEAT BELT FASTENED SP19-3 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATER ** NOTE: Module Identification (SD5-1 not connected to ground – Passenger Seat). B II B R SP19-1 SP5-1 PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK 20 21.1 SP5-9 WG SP11-14 Y S SP3-13 SP11-12 21.1 SP5-10 W SP11-5 U S SP3-14 E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground B FC5S (FC6S) A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: 5-Way Movement Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 12.4 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS O I O B+ S S I FC14-17 FC14-35 FC14-69 FC14-80 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-86 LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND LHD RH / RHD LH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ SCP – SCP + LHD LH / RHD RH SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) Component Connector(s) Connector Description BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER Passenger Head Restraint Control Module Location HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR – PASSENGER SP23 6-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH –†PASSENGER SP25 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP24 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – PASSENGER (LHD) RH36 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID – PASSENGER (RHD) RH35 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
Pin Description and Characteristic SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION B+ I O O SG PG I I SG I SS S S I I SP22-01 SP22-03 SP22-04 SP22-05 SP22-06 SP22-07 SP22-08 SP22-09 SP22-10 SP22-11 SP22-12 SP22-13 SP22-14 SP22-15 SP22-16 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ HEAD RESTRAINT UP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE PHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PHRCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND POWER GROUND: GROUND DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: OPEN CIRCUIT (PASSENGER) HEAD RESTRAINT DOWN REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: 10 V = UP; 2 V = DOWN HEAD RESTRAINT POSITION SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ SCP – SCP + SEAT BACK LATCHED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 SP5 16-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION SEAT CUSHION HEATER – PASSENGER SP19 3-WAY / YELLOW SEAT CUSHION SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 20-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER SP14 3-WAY / GREY SEAT BACK SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER SP7 SP8 SP9 SP10 6-WAY / WHITE 6-WAY / WHITE 6-WAY / GREY 6-WAY / YELLOW BELOW SEAT CUSHION SQUAB HEATER – PASSENGER SP17 3-WAY / GREY SEAT SQUAB SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT SP11 16-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Passenger Seat Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic O O O O O I I I I SP3-01 SP3-02 SP3-03 SP3-07 SP3-08 SP3-09 SP3-10 SP3-15 SP3-16 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – FORWARD: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR DRIVE – REAR: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ PASSENGER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE PSCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ PASSENGER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED PASSENGER SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST : B+ WHEN ACTIVATED I PG B+ S S SP5-01 SP5-02 SP5-05 SP5-09 SP5-10 PASSENGER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTIFICATION: OPEN CIRCUIT (PASSENGER) POWER GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ SCP + SCP – Connector Connector Description Location SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT GROUNDS Ground Location FC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST FC5 RIGHT HAND SEAT FC6 LEFT HAND SEAT FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement 15 N B – NR OY (LHD) O (RHD) FC55-9 FC55-15 (LHD) FC55-8 (RHD) SEAT HEATER STATE B FCS49 SCP Y S FC14-85 O G (LHD) OG (RHD) REFER TO APPENDIX: SCP / SEAT MOVEMENT MESSAGES. 21.1 FC14-17 (LHD) FC14-69 (RHD) PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT MOTOR I FC55-14 (LHD) FC55-7 (RHD) B 21.1 FC14-84 + 16 U S FC14-80 Fig. 12.4 Passenger Seat: 3-Way Movement FC14-35 (LHD) FC14-86 (RHD) P PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS FC55-16 SEAT HEATER SWITCH FC4BR (FC2BR) BODY PROCESSOR MODULE (LH – RHD / RH – LHD) CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK – 43 N SP22-1 U S 21.1 SP22-13 B + Y S SP23 -5 21.1 SP22-14 WG SP23 -6 SP23 -2 SP23 -1 SP23 -3 SP8 -1 SP8 -3 SP7 -1 YU W UY RU NG GO WU WR WG SP22-10 YU BW G SP24-2 SP24-1 SP22-12 I SP22-16 W I SP22-11 SEAT BACK TILT SWITCH UY O BK FCS45 BK G G SP1-11 SPS7 BG SP25-2 SP7 -3 SP25-1 SP22-5 I SP22-15 RU O SP22-4 SEAT BACK LATCH SWITCH FC1S B P SP22-7 OG I SP22-3 NG * I SP22-8 G I 44 SPS7 BK SP1-11 BK FCS45 * NOTE: Module Identification (SD22-8 not connected to ground – Passenger Seat). PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE N G SP22-6 SP22-9 FC1S 180 Ω SP11-9 SP11-15 29 SP11-16 NR B – NR + GW I UY SP3-2 I OY SP3-1 I SP3-7 SP3-8 SP5-2 O SP3-3 SP11-1 ** 10 Ω B FC5S (FC6S) O O SP11-3 10 Ω B P SP11-11 SPS3 WR O LUMBAR CONTROL SP1-1 WU O SP3-10 YB B GO O B B NG O SP3-9 SP11-13 21.1 SP5-9 SP3-15 SP11-6 Y S SP3-16 SP11-8 21.1 SP5-10 I SP11-7 U S SP5-5 O I PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK ** NOTE: Module Identification (SD5-1 not connected to ground – Passenger Seat). B R SP19-1 SP5-1 SP19-3 SP17-1 PASSENGER SQUAB HEATER PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATER YB SP14-3 B SP14-2 WG 20 O B II SP20-4 RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE: SEAT BELT FASTENED BK BK FCS45 SP1-11 SP1-1 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP SP20-3 G HALL EFFECT SWITCH G BW SP20-1 SPS7 BW BW SP1-12 RH9-19 (LHD) RH9-18 (RHD) FC1S 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 I II I II WG RH36-2 (LHD) RH35-2 (RHD) E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data B FC5S (FC6S) 32 II RH36-1 (LHD) RH35-1 (RHD) PASSENGER SEAT BELT COMFORT SOLENOID PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH E SPS3 B SP14-1 SP20-2 YG 18.1 SP20-5 II SP17-3 VARIANT: 3-Way Movement Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 13.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS I I I I I I I I O B+ S S FC14-05 FC14-15 FC14-31 FC14-33 FC14-41 FC14-55 FC14-58 FC14-67 FC14-71 FC14-80 FC14-84 FC14-85 TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND FUEL FILLER FLAP RELEASE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II) : GROUND ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED VALET SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED KEY-IN-IGNITION: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ SCP – SCP + Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR AJAR SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 13-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 DD11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 DP11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – PASSENGER DP3 13-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK Driver Door Control Module EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH BL2 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK LID / LINER
Pin Description and Characteristic FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID IC24 2-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / FUEL FILL IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 8-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN B+ O O SG S S PG DD10-01 DD10-05 DD10-06 DD10-08 DD10-09 DD10-16 DD10-17 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND SCP – SCP + POWER GROUND: GROUND KEY FOB ANTENNA – CONVERTIBLE HARD WIRED TOP OF BACKLIGHT KEY FOB ANTENNA – COUPE RH7 COAXIAL CONNECTOR NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FC87 3-WAY / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 BT41 BT42 RH20 16-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK COAXIAL CONNECTOR TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER I I I I DD11-04 DD11-05 DD11-12 DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE WINDOW DROP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN) TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCHES FC41 10-WAY / NATURAL FASCIA / DRIVER SIDE TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID BT43 2-WAY / BROWN TRUNK / LH SIDE TRUNK SWITCH BT46 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK VALET SWITCH FC67 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER Passenger Door Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic B+ O O SG S S PD DP10-01 DP10-05 DP10-06 DP10-08 DP10-09 DP10-16 DP10-17 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, PDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, PDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND SCP – SCP + POWER GROUND: GROUND I DP11-20 TOP OF BACKLIGHT RELAYS Relay Connector / Color Location DOOR LOCKING RELAY FC24 / BLACK RH FASCIA RELAYS HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN) Connector Connector Description Location AC13 20-WAY / YELLOW / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE BB1 4-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH BL1 4-WAY / WHITE / TRUNK HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK / BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER / RH SIDE Security and Locking Control Module BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
Pin Description and Characteristic DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM O O S SG SG B+ S BT40-01 BT40-02 BT40-08 BT40-13 BT40-14 BT40-15 BT40-16 TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ FUEL FILLER FLAP SOLENOID: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ SCP + LOGIC GROUND: GROUND LOGIC GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ SCP – DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY I I I I BT41-05 BT41-06 BT41-07 BT41-19 TRUNK SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE: GROUND (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK STATUS: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (LOCKED) DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK STATUS: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (LOCKED) I RH20-01 RH20-02 KEY FOB ANTENNA KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD: GROUND GROUNDS Ground Location BT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY BT3 TRUNK, LEFT REAR FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST RH3 ROOF, ADJACENT TO REAR WINDOW NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Central Locking N 15 B SCP FC14-80 GO 1 NOTE: Ignition switched ground via Inertia Switch activates emergency unlock. REFER TO APPENDIX: SCP / CENTRAL LOCKING MESSAGES. WU II KEY FOB ANTENNA (COUPE) KEY FOB ANTENNA (CONVERTIBLE) I FC14-41 5 Fig. 13.1 Central Locking I FC14-15 RG 8 II I FC14-33 NW 60 B BT40-15 BK O BK FCS48 FC4-5 I FC4-4 FC14-67 U – S 21.1 U 21.1 FC14-84 IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC3BL Y + S S – BT40-16 21.1 Y 21.1 FC14-85 RH7 -1 S + BT40-8 W I YB BK FC87-1 FC87-3 BRD FC14-58 RH20-2 YR TRUNK FC41-10 FUEL FILL FC41-6 BTS21 I FC14-5 BK BT1AR Y RW BK BT46-2 BT46-1 RW BTS6 RH20-1 I BRD BT41-5 RH20-2 TRUNK SWITCH YR I I BT2-7 BT41-19 FC14-31 BK YU I TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCHES FC3BR RH3S W I BK FC41-3 B RH20-1 I NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH FCS47 RH7 -2 YR O BT2-16 BT41-7 FC14-71 O O B BT43-2 BT40-1 B B YU FCS50 FC67-5 FC67-4 FC4BL (FC2BL) VALET SWITCH B B BB1-1 B BL1-1 YU BODY PROCESSOR MODULE BL2-1 RU RU BL1-4 BL2-2 BB1-4 B I N U – S B DD10-1 RH2-14 (LHD) RH2-2 (RHD) OY LOCK DD3-10 Y BK LOCK STATUS YR (LHD) YU (RHD) SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT1AR 21.1 YR AC13-6 DD3-9 DD1-16 DDS7 DD10-5 I YG YG GW I YB O DD11-20 DD1-2 DD3-2 DD1-19 DD3-6 BK YB DD3-1 DD10-6 BK BK DDS7 B DD10-8 B B P 30 NR 9 B FCS46 FC24 10 8 YG DD10-17 DD1-21 FC4AR (FC2AR) N 50 31 U GW DP3-6 Y DOOR LOCKING RELAY 21.1 LOCK STATUS YU (LHD) YR (RHD) 21.1 YU AC13-17 DP11-20 DP3-9 DP1-16 BK Y YG B YG YB O DP1-2 DP3-2 DP1-19 P DP10-17 BK DP3-3 DP10-5 DP10-8 DP1-21 BK YB DP3-1 DP10-6 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 E DP3-8 DPS7 FC2AR (FC4AR) II BK Y Y O DPS7 B ACS2 YR DP10-16 I PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH BK 7 DP10-9 + S DP3-7 6 NR FC2BR (FC4BR) – S B DP10-1 BK YG AC15-1 DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE DP1-2 FC4AR (FC2AR) DRIVER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH BK BK DD3-3 KEY BARREL DD3-7 DD3-8 Y DD11-4 BK BK Y Y O NG DD3-11 DD1-2 BT1AL RH2-2 (LHD) RH2-14 (RHD) I DD11-12 UNLOCK BK B BK DD10-16 DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES BTS20 BT40-14 21.1 DD10-9 + S DD3-12 B IC4-4 BT40-13 25 NW IC24-1 FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID BK BTS21 37 IC24-2 BT41-6 EXTERNAL TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH B O IC4-3 BT40-2 BTS23 BT3S TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID YR O O RU B BLS1 P I FC14-55 BT43-1 I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 FC2AR (FC4AR) Fig. 13.2 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS O O O O I I I I O D B+ S S D B+ FC14-13 FC14-22 FC14-23 FC14-29 FC14-32 FC14-41 FC14-55 FC14-56 FC14-70 FC14-73 FC14-80 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-92 FC14-104 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ACTIVATE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ACTIVATE: AUDIO OUTPUT PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ACTIVATE: AUDIO OUTPUT SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE (PULSED) IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND ENGINE START REQUEST: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED VALET SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (HOOD OPEN) HORN RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ SCP – SCP + OK TO FUEL SIGNAL: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET DOOR AJAR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR AJAR SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 13-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 DD11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 DP11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH EM34 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH HOOD LATCH ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 LF6 LF7 LF8 LF70 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREEN 10-WAY / BLUE EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONT ROOF CONSOLE Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic GLASS BREAKAGE SENSOR (ROOF CONSOLE) RF10 6-WAY / GREY B+ SG S S PG DD10-01 DD10-08 DD10-09 DD10-16 DD10-17 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND SCP – SCP + POWER GROUND: GROUND HORNS LF12 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT BUMPER INCLINATION SENSOR IS1 5-WAY / ORANGE TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ANTENNA KEY FOB ANTENNA – CONVERTIBLE HARD WIRED TOP OF BACKLIGHT KEY FOB ANTENNA – COUPE RH7 COAXIAL CONNECTOR TOP OF BACKLIGHT KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 20-WAY / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC12 3-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR (J-GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE) FC88 10-WAY / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR MODULE SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 BT41 BT42 RH20 16-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK COAXIAL CONNECTOR TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER I I I DD11-04 DD11-12 DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN) Key Transponder Module
Pin Description and Characteristic I B+ D D D D SG I I D FC22-01 FC22-04 FC22-06 FC22-07 FC22-08 FC22-09 FC22-12 FC22-13 FC22-14 FC22-17 GLASS BREAKAGE SENSOR: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ SERIAL COMMUNICATION: ENCODED COMMUNICATION READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION READER / EXCITER COIL : ENCODED COMMUNICATION OK TO FUEL: ENCODED COMMUNICATION LOGIC GROUND: GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I): GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II): GROUND SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE: ENCODED COMMUNICATION SECURITY SOUNDER – ACTIVE LF18 6-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP SECURITY SOUNDER – PASSIVE LF18 6-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP TRUNK SWITCH BT46 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK VALET SWITCH FC67 10-WAY / BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER RELAYS Relay Connector / Color Location HORN RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R6 Passenger Door Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS B+ SG S S PD DP10-01 DP10-08 DP10-09 DP10-16 DP10-17 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND SCP – SCP + POWER GROUND: GROUND Connector Connector Description BT47 3-WAY / WHITE / INCLINATION SENSOR TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ANTENNA DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM I DP11-20 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (DOOR OPEN) EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN Security and Locking Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic S SG SG B+ S BT40-08 BT40-13 BT40-14 BT40-15 BT40-16 SCP + LOGIC GROUND: GROUND LOGIC GROUND: GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ SCP – SC1 Ground Location I I SG O BT41-05 BT41-08 BT41-10 BT41-26 TRUNK SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED INCLINATION SENSOR TRIGGER: GROUND (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED LOGIC GROUND: GROUND INCLINATION SENSOR SUPPLY: B+ BT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY EM1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE I RH20-01 RH20-02 Location GROUNDS KEY FOB ANTENNA KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD: GROUND EM2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST LF2 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Security System Fig. 13.2 Security System U 21.1 KEY FOB ANTENNA (CONVERTIBLE) S – KEY FOB ANTENNA (COUPE) BT40-16 SCP Y 21.1 S + BT40-8 NW 60 B BT40-15 RW BK Y – C 21.1 PATS EM80-124 G + C Y 21.1 C + – S C – + S G 21.1 RH7 -1 I BT41-5 BTS21 NOTE: Refer to Fig. 03.1 for starting circuit. MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BK BT47-3 YR IS1-2 IS1-5 BT47-2 GW O BRD BT41-26 BT47-1 RH20-2 I BT41-8 RH20-1 BRD BT41-10 BK N 15 B FC14-80 NW 19 U 21.1 BK BTS21 FC14-84 B FC14-104 RH20-2 BT40-13 LOGIC – S FC88-2 I I FC3BR Y O FC14-32 FC14-29 GO D BK OY BK EMS38 EM34-1 EM1BR (EM2B) EM34-2 OY EM2-10 GO FC14-13 I LF1-12 FC14-22 YU FC67-5 I FC67-4 WU FC4BL (FC2BL) WU LF18-6 LF60-12 B LF18-1 LF18-5 FC14-70 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER YB D VALET SWITCH LF18-3 NW 74 GW O FC14-55 LF18-2 LF60-13 FC14-23 B II WB WB O O FCS50 LF18-4 WR 52 FC14-56 ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH B BK FCS47 SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR (J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE) SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT1AR FC14-41 WR 15 FC88-6 BK 21.1 FC14-85 I BK BT40-14 Y + S GO 1 RH3S W I BK INCLINATION SENSOR BT1AR B RH20-1 O GW IS1-1 BK RH7 -2 W I YR B BK ENGINE CONTROL MODULE BTS6 TRUNK SWITCH 21.1 FC25-13 FC25-23 EM80-123 Y RW BT46-2 BT46-1 21.1 FC25-14 FC25-11 21.1 U FC14-92 P GW WR D FC14-73 LF60-14 LF6-6 R6 BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 3 4 N 1 DD10-1 NW 37 DD3-10 DD11-12 Y ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX 21.1 HORNS DD11-4 DD3-6 DD3-7 NR 18 GW BK II WR I DDS7 B YB WR DD10-17 DD1-21 D OK TO FUEL FC4AR (FC2AR) B O SC1-3 FC22-7 OG D SC12-1 OG SC1-4 FC22-8 FC22-9 P O D I FC22-13 DD10-8 B SERIAL COMMUNICATION I FC22-14 14 BK BK 21.2 FC22-6 WU 3 DD11-20 O D B FC22-4 I DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH DD1-2 LF12-2 LF2BS HORN RELAY 21.1 KEY BARREL BK LF7-5 DD10-16 I DD3-11 DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES LFS9 DD10-9 + S NG UNLOCK DD3-12 U – S B B F13 I LF12-1 2 B OY LOCK GB LF7-1 F11 15A 4 25 5 B SC12-2 READER / EXCITER COIL D SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE FC22-17 COLUMN SWITCHGEAR DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE BK BK FCS47 N 50 B DP10-1 FC22-12 U – S FC22-1 GW DP3-6 DP3-7 I BK DP1-2 BK NOTE: Check market specification for fitment of the following security system components: DP10-8 B P • • • • DP10-17 DP1-21 FC2AR (FC4AR) PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II RF10-1 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD BK DPS7 B NR RF10-2 GLASS BREAKAGE SENSOR RF5-6 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH BK BK RFS1 21.1 DP10-16 DP11-20 O RF10-3 BK KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE Y + S YB RF1-8 21.1 DP10-9 BK YB I FC3BR E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground ROOF CONSOLE FC3BR Inclination Sensor Glass Breakage Sensor Active Security Sounder Passive Security Sounder + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 17 Fig. 14.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS I I I O O O I I I O I B+ I B+ FC14-09 FC14-15 FC14-16 FC14-18 FC14-19 FC14-26 FC14-34 FC14-37 FC14-42 FC14-43 FC14-60 FC14-80 FC14-94 FC14-104 INTERMITTENT WIPE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND SIDE LAMP SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED POWERWASH RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ VOLTAGE FAST WIPE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) WASH SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (PARK) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ SLOW WIPE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 LF6 LF7 LF8 LF70 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREEN 10-WAY / BLUE EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONT LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR POWERWASH PUMP LF25 2-WAY / BLACK LEFT FRONT FENDER / WHEEL ARCH LINER RAIN SENSING MODULE RS1 12-WAY / BLACK ABOVE PASSENGER FOOTWELL NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. RAIN SENSOR (INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR) RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW BELOW INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR WASH / WIPE STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC1 12-WAY / WHITE STEERING COLUMN / RH SIDE WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR LF27 3-WAY / BLACK LEFT FRONT FENDER / WHEEL ARCH LINER WIPER MOTOR EM51 5-WAY / BLACK BASE OF WINDSHIELD / AIR INTAKE PLENUM RELAYS Relay Connector / Color POWERWASH RELAY BUS / BROWN Location ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R4 WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY LF49 / BROWN LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY LF48 / BROWN LH ENCLOSURE RELAYS HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location FC49 12-WAY /BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO RAIN SENSOR LINK HARNESS BELOW RH BLOWER LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM LF3 13-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RF2 8-WAY / YELLOW / ROOF HARNESS TO INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR LINK HARNESS ROOF CONSOLE SC1 12-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR GROUNDS Ground Location FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE LF1 RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP LF3 ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Wash / Wipe System RW RS1-11 WR 40 II RW FC49-8 B RS1-6 N 15 B FC14-80 NW 19 B FC14-104 WU RM2-1 BG RM2-2 RF1-9 WU FC49-6 RF2-8 RF1-15 RF2-7 RF1-16 II GR RS1-7 FC49-12 NW NW NW 5 I 1 4 B YR F7 30A LF6-1 2 LF25-2 POWERWASH PUMP BK FC49-7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX G GU FC14-18 FC14-42 Y LF27-3 LF1-15 YG O FC14-26 FC3BR YB LF1-17 Y I GU FC49-3 RS1-4 YB O FC49-4 RS1-3 RS1-12 POWERWASH RELAY GO G BK B LF27-2 LF1-16 LF27-1 B GR GR GR FCS55 SC1-8 WASH GO GO LF48 I WG FC14-34 G FCS52 SC1-5 SLOW WIPE I GO G GO LF1AR FC14-37 FCS53 SC1-6 FAST WIPE 4 3 5 1 2 B NG 12 I FC14-94 11 NG BG LFS18 B FLICK WIPE GU GU GU FCS51 SC1-7 INTERMITTENT WIPE WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY I FC14-9 BG O FC14-43 LF3BS BG LF60-16 560 Ω LF49 WG 1.3 ΚΩ 13 2.7 ΚΩ DELAY LFS7 WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR WU SC1-9 FLUID LEVEL YG RAIN SENSING MODULE B LF25-1 YB LF6-10 FC14-15 FC49-10 RS1-9 FCS47 4 MOTORS GR GO RS1-2 FC49-5 BK R4 3 FC49-2 RS1-5 RAIN SENSOR INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR WU 5 RS1-1 LOGIC BG BG BG NW RM2-3 WU WU RF2-6 Fig. 14.1 Wash / Wipe System NG 4 3 5 U R 1 2 WG 5.1 ΚΩ WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY 11 ΚΩ WG O FC14-19 51 ΚΩ WG LF60-17 FAST BW WASH / WIPE STALK B B LFS18 B LF3-5 N SLOW BR EM51-4 (LHD) EM51-2 (RHD) REAR VIEW MIRRORS: AUTO HEADLAMPS / MIRROR TINT YU 11.3 YU LF3BS PARK SWITCH SC2-4 SC2-1 WIPER MOTOR SIDE BK BK FCS48 BK BK SCS1 SC2-9 DIP SIDE FC3BL RW RW SCS2 AUTO RW RW SC2-3 FCS9 I RW I FC14-16 FC14-60 LIGHTING STALK COLUMN SWITCHGEAR P DIMMER MODULE: SIDE LAMPS ON RW 10.2 BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data LF3-4 VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 U U EM51-2 (LHD) EM51-4 (RHD) LF3-3 RW NLG UY DIP R R EM51-1 (LHD) EM51-5 (RHD) EM51-3 RW EM2-17 FCS54 Fig. 15.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
S S Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS FC14-84 FC14-85 SCP – SCP + Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 DD11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 DP11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING Driver Door Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic B+ O SG S I I I SS O S PG I I DD10-01 DD10-07 DD10-08 DD10-09 DD10-10 DD10-11 DD10-12 DD10-13 DD10-15 DD10-16 DD10-17 DD10-18 DD10-19 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND SCP – DRIVER SWITCH PACK LH WINDOW DOWN REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SIGNAL: 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SIGNAL: 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN DRIVER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ DRIVER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, DDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ SCP + POWER GROUND: GROUND DRIVER SWITCH PACK LH WINDOW UP REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW UP REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED I I I I DD11-04 DD11-05 DD11-07 DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE WINDOW DROP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW DOWN REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED S S Pin Description and Characteristic FC25-13 FC25-14 SCP + SCP – DD3 13-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR LOCK SWITCH – PASSENGER DP3 13-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 BT41 BT42 RH20 16-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK COAXIAL CONNECTOR TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR – DRIVER DD16 6-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR – PASSENGER DP16 6-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – DRIVER (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD17 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – PASSENGER (PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DP17 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Major Instrument Cluster
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER Connector Connector Description Location AC15 20-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE AC16 8-WAY / WHITE / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM RH2 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY Passenger Door Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic GROUNDS B+ O SG S I I I SS O S PD I DP10-01 DP10-07 DP10-08 DP10-09 DP10-10 DP10-11 DP10-12 DP10-13 DP10-15 DP10-16 DP10-17 DP10-18 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, PDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND SCP – PASSENGER SWITCH PACK LH WINDOW DOWN REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SIGNAL: 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SIGNAL: 2 V = UP; 12 V = DOWN PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, PDCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ SCP + POWER GROUND: GROUND PASSENGER SWITCH PACK LH WINDOW UP REQUEST: B+ (MOMENTARY) WHEN ACTIVATED Ground Location FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST I DP11-05 EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE WINDOW DROP REQUEST: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. Security and Locking Control Module
S S Pin Description and Characteristic BT40-08 BT40-16 SCP + SCP – NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Window Lifts Fig. 15.1 Window Lifts SCP REFER TO APPENDIX: SCP / WINDOW LIFT MESSAGES. CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL – U S 21.1 FC14-84 + 01.1 DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX 01.2 NR NR 26 NR BT2-8 NR U S – FC25-14 21.1 FC14-85 REMOTE WINDOW CONTROL TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 21.1 Y S 21.1 Y S + FC25-13 MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BODY PROCESSOR MODULE RH2-8 NR NR FCS81 NR N AC16-1 (LHD) AC15-20 (RHD) N 25 B DD1-22 DD10-1 21.1 U S – BT40-16 – U S 21.1 21.1 Y DD10-9 LH BO I DD17-16 LH NW 35 BG DD17-10 + Y S DD10-18 REMOTE WINDOW CLOSE 21.1 DD10-16 I DD10-10 DD17-17 RH GB SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE I DD10-19 DD17-6 RH BR I DD11-7 DD17-7 U I DD10-11 BK BK DD16-2 UY BK DDS7 DD1-2 DD17-20 WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES DD3-13 DD3-5 DD11-5 DD10-7 OY LOCK NW NG I DD11-4 BK KEY BARREL BK BK DDS7 DD1-2 DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES DD10-8 B B PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX 01.2 NW NW 51 NW BT2-2 P DD10-17 DD1-21 01.1 FC4AR (FC2AR) NW DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE RH2-13 NW NW FCS82 NW AC15-20 (LHD) AC16-1 (RHD) DRIVER WINDOW LIFT DD11-12 DD3-11 TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) DD16-3 I DD3-10 UNLOCK DD3-12 DD16-1 O O EXTERIOR HANDLE MOVEMENT SENSOR OY DD10-15 I BK DD1-2 FC4AR (FC2AR) DD16-6 O GU BK DDS7 RW DD10-12 NW DD16-4 DD16-5 I DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK 37 BK DD10-13 FC4AR (FC2AR) 36 S + BT40-8 N N 50 B DP1-22 DP10-1 – U S 21.1 DP10-9 + Y S 21.1 DP10-16 BO 33 I DP17-2 NW DP10-18 DP17-1 DP10-11 BG BK DP10-10 UY BK DP10-13 BK DPS7 DP1-2 DP16-2 I DP17-7 BK U I DP17-8 DP10-12 WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK GU DP3-13 I DP3-5 EXTERIOR HANDLE BK DP1-2 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH B 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I DP16-3 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT DPS7 DP10-8 P DP10-17 FC2AR (FC4AR) 1 DP10-7 BK B DP1-21 DP16-1 O O DP11-5 BK BK DP1-2 OY O NW BK MOVEMENT SENSOR DP16-6 DP10-15 32 DPS7 FC2AR (FC4AR) RW I FC2AR (FC4AR) DP16-4 DP16-5 PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 15.2 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS I I I I I I I O B+ S S I O FC14-10 FC14-15 FC14-32 FC14-33 FC14-36 FC14-62 FC14-63 FC14-77 FC14-80 FC14-84 FC14-85 FC14-89 FC14-98 CONVERTIBLE TOP RAISE SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (I) : GROUND IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND (II) : GROUND CONVERTIBLE TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED CONVERTIBLE TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED CONVERTIBLE TOP LOWER SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) REAR QUARTER GLASS DOWN RELAYS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ SCP – SCP + CONVERTIBLE TOP CLOSED SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED REAR QUARTER GLASS UP RELAYS ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND Component Connector(s) Connector Description BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET CONVERTIBLE TOP CLOSED SWITCH RF4 6-WAY / WHITE TOP OF WINDSHIELD CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH RH29 3-WAY / WHITE RH OPERATING CYLINDER CONVERTIBLE TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH RF4 6-WAY / WHITE TOP OF WINDSHIELD CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP BT15 2-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK / RH SIDE CONVERTIBLE TOP RAISED SWITCH RH29 3-WAY / WHITE RH OPERATING CYLINDER CONVERTIBLE TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH RF4 6-WAY / WHITE TOP OF WINDSHIELD CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH FC62 10-WAY / BLACK FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 DD11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 DP11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING Driver Door Control Module
S S Pin Description and Characteristic DD10-09 DD10-16 SCP – SCP + Major Instrument Cluster
C S S C Pin Description and Characteristic FC25-11 FC25-13 FC25-14 FC25-23 CAN + SCP + SCP – CAN – Location LATCH CONTROL VALVE PH2 2-WAY / BLUE TRUNK / CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP MAIN CONTROL VALVE PH3 2-WAY / ORANGE TRUNK / CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA QUARTER LIGHT LIFT – LH RH33 2-WAY / BLACK REAR QUARTER PANEL QUARTER LIGHT LIFT – RH RH34 2-WAY / BLACK REAR QUARTER PANEL SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 BT41 BT42 RH20 16-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK COAXIAL CONNECTOR TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER RELAYS Passenger Door Control Module
S S Pin Description and Characteristic DP10-09 DP10-16 SCP – SCP + Security and Locking Control Module
Pin Description and Characteristic O O B+ S O O SG SG S BT40-03 BT40-04 BT40-06 BT40-08 BT40-09 BT40-10 BT40-13 BT40-14 BT40-16 TOP UP RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LATCH CONTROL VALVE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ SCP + MAIN CONTROL VALVE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ TOP DOWN RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, SLCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ LOGIC GROUND: GROUND LOGIC GROUND: GROUND SCP – I BT41-03 CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED Relay Connector / Color Location QUARTER DOWN RELAY – LH BT74 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS QUARTER DOWN RELAY – RH BT76 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS QUARTER UP RELAY – LH BT74 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS QUARTER UP RELAY – RH BT76 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS TOP DOWN RELAY BT17 / BROWN TRUNK RELAYS TOP UP RELAY BT16 / BROWN TRUNK RELAYS HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location BT3 20-WAY / YELLOW / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH PH1 3-WAY / YELLOW / TRUNK HARNESS TO CONVERTIBLE TOP CONTROL VALVE LINK HARNESS TRUNK / ADJACENT TO POWER AMPLIFIER RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RH5 3-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK HARNESS BEHIND LEFT HAND QUARTER TRIM PANEL RH6 3-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK HARNESS BEHIND RIGHT HAND QUARTER TRIM PANEL RH12 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. GROUNDS Ground Location BT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY BT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE RH1 RIGHT HAND REAR QUARTER FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 U S – Convertible Top 21.1 DD10-9 Y S + Fig. 15.2 Convertible Top SCP REFER TO APPENDIX: SCP / CONVERTIBLE TOP MESSAGES. CAN VEHICLE SPEED 21.1 DD10-16 WINDOW LIFT CONTROL B 71 4 BT74 5 NR 3 GW GW N 15 B Y 21.1 U S Y S + WU 5 21.1 II DP10-9 RG 15 WR 21.1 II DP10-16 WINDOW LIFT CONTROL I I FCS47 PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE 21.1 U 21.1 S BTS37 S – 21.1 Y 72 21.1 S + 55 B NR FC25-14 Y 9 RH33-1 BT74 10 8 GR 6 7 GU GR RH5-1 BT1BR LH QUARTER DOWN RELAY MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC14-63 GB O GB RH12-16 FC14-98 CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH GB BTS33 BT3-3 B 4 BT76 5 NG 61 3 GW GR GR I 1 NR 56 FC14-89 RF1-4 TOP CLOSED SWITCH BK BK RH6-3 GU RF4-1 GU RF4-3 RF1-5 BTS35 62 OG RF1-13 GW GW RF4-5 RF4-4 RF1-6 B NG 9 RH34-1 BT76 10 8 GU 6 7 GU GU BT3-8 B NR 57 OG RH QUARTER LIGHT LIFT I FC14-62 TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH FC3BR RH34-2 GB RH QUARTER UP RELAY BK RFS1 RF5-6 2 O GW BT3-7 RF4-2 U FC25-13 FC14-85 I FC62-6 LH QUARTER LIGHT LIFT BT3-5 B NR I Y RH33-2 GB C – FC14-10 FC62-10 FC3BR + FC14-32 FC62-1 U S FC14-84 I YR BK – 2 LH QUARTER UP RELAY FC25-23 FC14-33 I BK G 21.1 FC14-15 8 C + FC25-11 FC14-80 – 1 NR 54 DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE O RH5-3 BT3-4 U RH6-1 BTS34 I BT1BL FC14-36 RH QUARTER DOWN RELAY TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH GU GU O P GU BT3-6 RH12-17 FC14-77 OG RH12-15 BODY PROCESSOR MODULE B 63 OG 4 RH29-3 NR 53 B – U S BT40-6 + GW RH29-1 B 21.1 Y S GW GW B 2 RH29-2 I U CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP TOP UP RELAY U O BT41-3 BT3-1 1 21.1 BT40-3 TOP DOWN SWITCH RH1S B BT40-16 BT40-8 B 3 BT15-2 TOP RAISED SWITCH B BT16 5 NR BTS18 B 64 4 BT17 5 NR 3 W W BT15-1 B BTS20 B BT1AL 2 1 UY B BT2BL TOP DOWN RELAY UY O BT40-10 GW O BT40-4 GW PH1-1 B PH2-2 PH2-1 LATCH CONTROL VALVE BK BT40-13 BK BK BTS21 GR O BT40-14 BT40-9 GR PH1-2 B PH3-2 B PHS1 PH3-1 B PH1-3 BT1AR BT1AL SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E B BTS20 E I MAIN CONTROL VALVE I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 16.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Major Instrument Cluster
C C O Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS FC25-11 FC25-23 CAN + CAN – Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location ANTENNA MOTOR BT19 6-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / RH SIDE CD AUTO-CHANGER (STANDARD ICE) IC7 8-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 IC19 IC20 8-WAY / BLACK 12-WAY / WHITE 26-WAY / YELLOW CENTER CONSOLE RADIO ANTENNA IC12 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW1 SW4 12-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL FC26-20 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – AUDIO NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (MID-BASS) DD19 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (TWEETER) DD18 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR SPEAKER – LH SIDE FASCIA FC38 2-WAY / GREY FASCIA / LH SIDE SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH26 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH30 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR (MID-BASS) DP19 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING SPEAKER – RH SIDE FASCIA FC39 2-WAY / GREY FASCIA / RH SIDE SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH27 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH31 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location AC14 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM IC1 20-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN SW1 12-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL GROUNDS Ground Location FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE CE2 ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL BT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 In-Car Entertainment: Standard Fig. 16.1 In-Car Entertainment: Standard RADIO ANTENNA 45 Y 21.1 B IC19-1 C + FC25-11 NR 46 G 21.1 NR IC12 IC13 B IC19-2 C – FC25-23 W 7 I OY OY VEHICLE O SPEED FC26-20 B MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER GB DIMMER OVERRIDE 10.2 GB IC2-14 IC20-18 RU GB RH1-7 GB BT1-20 B BTS20 BT19-6 BT19-4 BT1AL ANTENNA MOTOR I FC38 -1 IC20-20 RG NOTE: The female pins of connector DD1 are located on the vehicle LH side for both LHD and RHD vehicles. FC38 -2 NG OG I YR 17.3 17.2 17.1 17.3 17.2 17.1 WB IC20-5 IC2-7 U U IC20-4 IC2-8 CELLULAR TELEPHONE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) 17.3 17.2 17.1 17.3 17.2 17.1 UY UY IC20-17 IC2-9 UY UY 17.3 17.2 17.1 Y ICS1 COUPE IC20-7 RH31 -1 RH31 -2 W DD1-11 YR O DD1-12 AC14-3 WG RH1-1 IC1-3 BW BW DD18 -2 G WG WG RH30 -2 DD1-23 Y YR RH30 -1 U OG AC14-4 IC1-2 DD19 -2 DD1-17 AC14-14 IC1-1 YR YR A IC2-11 OG FCS68 Y ICS2 IC19-8 NG AC14-13 OG Y Y IC19-3 TELEPHONE AUDIO - IC20-19 GW NG FCS67 IC1-13 TELEPHONE AUDIO + A IC2-10 GW NG IC1-12 TELEPHONE MUTE DD19 -1 NOT USED DD18 -1 IC20-21 U LH SIDE REAR QUARTER SPEAKER (COUPE) BT19-3 I O 10.2 NG IC20-1 IC1-11 DIMMER-CONTROLLED LIGHTING LH SIDE FASCIA SPEAKER IC19-7 59 DRIVER DOOR SPEAKER (MID-BASS) BW RH1-2 IC1-4 CASSETTE RW MODE RW SW4-1 3.3 Κ Ω SW1-2 SW2-2 RW RW IC2-6 SC3-2 I IC20-2 W SEEK IC19-4 6.8 Κ Ω VOLUME + CONV. W BG RH26-1 RH1-20 BG IC19-11 20 Κ Ω W IC1-16 BG IC1-17 LH SIDE REAR SPEAKER (CONVERTIBLE) RH26-2 RH1-12 CASSETTE VOLUME – BO RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES BO SW4-2 SW2-6 BO WB BK FCS48 SC3-12 SW1-6 IC19-5 CONV. FC3BL WB WB IC1-18 YU YU IC19-12 RH27-1 RH1-5 YU IC1-19 RH SIDE REAR SPEAKER (CONVERTIBLE) RH27-2 RH1-6 STEERING WHEEL CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. BO BO COUPE BO RH1-4 IC1-7 WU WU WU RH1-3 IC1-8 ICS4 UY O UY IC19-10 U IC8-1 IC7-1 W ICS3 U UY IC8-2 FCS28 U FCS27 IC8-4 B AUDIO NETWORK O U FC39 -2 U IC7-6 IC8-6 Y IC7-7 IC8-8 RH SIDE FASCIA SPEAKER CE2AS RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II NOT USED NOTE: The female pins of connector DP1 are located on the vehicle LH side for both LHD and RHD vehicles. DP19 -1 DP19 -2 IC19-6 CD AUTO-CHANGER NOTE: Vehicles with Navigation – refer to Fig. 17.3 for CD circuit. II DP18 -2 B P IC7-8 E DP18 -1 IC8-7 B II N DP1-17 IC8-5 IC7-5 I DP1-23 O AC14-11 FC39 -1 G U O IC1-15 IC7-4 I U AC14-12 O U IC8-3 G W DP1-11 AC14-2 IC1-14 IC7-3 DP1-12 U IC1-10 R O UY AC14-1 U IC19-9 IC7-2 UY IC1-9 E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data PASSENGER DOOR SPEAKER (MID-BASS) VARIANT: Standard ICE Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 RH SIDE REAR QUARTER SPEAKER (COUPE) Fig. 16.2 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Major Instrument Cluster
C C O Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS FC25-11 FC25-23 CAN + CAN – Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location ANTENNA MOTOR BT19 6-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / RH SIDE CD AUTO-CHANGER (PREMIUM ICE) PROPRIETARY LINK LEAD MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA POWER AMPLIFIER IC7 IC15 IC16 8-WAY / BLACK 18-WAY / WHITE 12-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / RH SIDE RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 IC19 IC20 8-WAY / BLACK 12-WAY / WHITE 26-WAY / YELLOW CENTER CONSOLE RADIO ANTENNA IC12 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW1 SW4 12-WAY / BLACK 6-WAY / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL FC26-20 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL – AUDIO NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. TRUNK / RH SIDE SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (MID-BASS) DD19 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR (TWEETER) DD18 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR SPEAKER – LH SIDE FASCIA FC38 2-WAY / GREY FASCIA / LH SIDE SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH26 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL SPEAKER – LH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH30 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR (MID-BASS) DP19 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR (TWEETER) DP18 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR SPEAKER – REAR (COUPE) RH26 RH27 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK PARCEL SHELF SPEAKER – RH SIDE FASCIA FC39 2-WAY / GREY FASCIA / RH SIDE SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR (CONVERTIBLE) RH27 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL SPEAKER – RH SIDE REAR QUARTER (COUPE) RH31 2-WAY / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location AC14 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM IC1 20-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY RH1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN SW1 12-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL GROUNDS Ground Location BT1 ADJACENT TO BATTERY CE2 ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 IC12 IC13 NR 46 G 21.1 B IC19-1 C + FC25-11 B IC19-2 C – FC25-23 W 7 B I 59 OY FC26-20 BT19-3 I B IC20-1 IC1-11 GB O 10.2 DIMMER OVERRIDE 10.2 RU GB IC2-14 IC20-18 MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DIMMER-CONTROLLED LIGHTING NG GB RH1-7 GB BT1-20 BT19-6 B BTS20 BT19-4 BT1AL FC38 -1 ANTENNA MOTOR I IC20-20 RG FC38 -2 NOTE: The female pins of connector DD1 are located on the vehicle LH side for both LHD and RHD vehicles. NG OG I IC20-21 NG 17.3 17.2 17.1 17.3 17.2 17.1 17.3 17.2 17.1 17.3 17.2 17.1 WB U IC20-5 IC2-7 U U IC20-4 IC2-8 UY UY IC20-17 IC2-9 17.2 TELEPHONE AUDIO + 70 NG B IC15-17 B IC15-7 IC20-6 IC16-7 IC8-1 CASSETTE RW SW4-1 3.3 Κ Ω MODE RW SW2-2 RW IC2-6 SC3-2 SW1-2 RW DD1-12 WG RH1-1 BW IC15-12 BW RH1-2 IC1-4 IC7-1 LH SIDE REAR SPEAKER (CONVERTIBLE) W I IC20-2 IC8-2 IC7-2 R IC8-3 W IC7-3 SEEK G 6.8 Κ Ω IC8-4 AUDIO NETWORK VOLUME + IC7-4 IC8-5 BO SW2-6 BG IC15-10 RH26-1 RH26-1 RH26-2 RH26-2 RH27-1 RH27-1 RH27-2 RH27-2 BG IC1-17 RH1-12 U BO SW4-2 RH1-20 BG NON NAV VEHICLES W IC1-16 IC7-5 CASSETTE VOLUME – W IC15-2 B 20 Κ Ω RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES O YR WG BW O BO IC8-6 WB IC7-6 FCS48 SC3-12 SW1-6 BK Y IC8-7 FC3BL CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. WB IC1-18 RH1-5 YU YU IC7-7 IC8-8 WB IC15-11 B STEERING WHEEL IC15-3 YU IC1-19 RH1-6 IC7-8 RH SIDE REAR SPEAKER (CONVERTIBLE) B P IC15-13 RH1-4 IC1-7 RH1-3 IC1-8 IC1-9 BK IC16-11 (COUPE) IC16-12 (CONV.) BK IC16-2 FCS27 O O AC14-11 BK O U FC39 -1 FC39 -2 N DP1-17 B NOTE: The female pins of connector DP1 are located on the vehicle LH side for both LHD and RHD vehicles. DP18 -1 DP18 -2 R B 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 I II I II E E POWER AMPLIFIER I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground RH31 -1 RH31 -2 B BT1AR RH SIDE FASCIA SPEAKER PASSENGER DOOR SPEAKER (TWEETER) NOTE: Vehicles with Navigation – refer to Fig. 17.3 for CD circuit. 1 DP19 -2 IC4-5 BT1CS 1 DP19 -1 IC4-6 B P DP1-23 BTS21 IC4-7 B IC16-8 CD AUTO-CHANGER O IC1-15 G U U AC14-12 O IC15-8 P FCS28 U IC1-14 W DP1-11 AC14-2 U NOTE: Power Amplifier to CD Auto-changer flying lead. No connector codes are assigned. U U IC1-10 IC15-18 DP1-12 AC14-1 U IC15-16 O UY UY UY IC15-6 AUDIO NETWORK WU WU WU IC15-14 O W R G B U Y B BO BO BO CE2AS E REAR SPEAKER (COUPE) IC19-6 RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT II RH30 -2 W IC1-3 IC20-7 RH30 -1 DD1-11 AC14-3 WG IC15-4 A DD18 -2 DD19 -2 G Y IC1-2 DD18 -1 DD19 -1 DD1-23 AC14-4 YR IC15-15 TELEPHONE MUTE B U OG Y R DD1-17 AC14-14 IC1-1 YR Y OG FCS68 Y NG AC14-13 OG IC1-13 IC15-5 IC20-19 IC2-11 FCS67 OG IC16-9 O NG NG IC1-12 IC16-3 NG TELEPHONE AUDIO - GW GW 17.1 69 A IC2-10 17.3 TELEPHONE MUTE UY UY LH SIDE REAR QUARTER SPEAKER (COUPE) DRIVER DOOR SPEAKER (MID-BASS) DRIVER DOOR SPEAKER (TWEETER) LH SIDE FASCIA SPEAKER IC19-7 OY VEHICLE O SPEED CELLULAR TELEPHONE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) Fig. 16.2 In-Car Entertainment: Premium RADIO ANTENNA NR 45 Y 21.1 In-Car Entertainment: Premium A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 PASSENGER DOOR SPEAKER (MID-BASS) RH SIDE REAR QUARTER SPEAKER (COUPE) Fig. 17.1 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE RT9 RT10 32-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / GREY BEHIND REAR SEAT MICROPHONE RF9 2-WAY / BLUE TELEPHONE HAND SET HARD WIRED ROOF CONSOLE CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RT1 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE RT3 10-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE RT8 2-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE ANTENNA BEHIND REAR SEAT RT11 10-WAY / BLACK / TELEPHONE HAND SET CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX GROUNDS Ground Location FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Telephone System: ROW Telephone System: ROW TELEPHONE ANTENNA NR NR 38 B NR RT9-12 RTS2 RT1-4 NR B RT9-13 G G 6 RT7 -2 B G I RT9-14 RT1-5 (1) RTS4 G B TELEPHONE MUTE TELEPHONE AUDIO + TELEPHONE AUDIO - RW 41 II RT1-16 N U UY 16.2 16.1 16.2 16.1 16.2 16.1 16.2 16.1 16.2 RT1-8 RT9-32 UY UY RT1-9 GW GW RT9-8 RT1-10 RT10-1 RT8-1 BRD 16.1 RT1-7 UY A NOTE: (1) Early production vehicles. (2) Later production vehicles. N U RT9-31 RT9-7 (2) BW U RT1-6 RT9-4 A RT9-29 RT7 -1 U BRD RT10-2 RT8-2 U RT11-1 RT3-1 W RT11-10 UNUSED WIRES IN HARNESS RT3-10 B RT11-2 B RT9-28 RT3-2 R RT11-3 R RT9-24 RT3-3 Y RT11-4 Y RT9-1 RT3-4 O MULTI-CORE CABLE HARD WIRED TO HAND SET RT11-5 O RT9-20 RT3-5 N RT11-6 N RT9-22 RT3-6 G RT11-7 B RT9-25 RT3-7 U RT11-8 YU RT9-3 RT3-8 Y RT11-9 HAND SET W W RT9-17 RT1-1 G G RF9-2 G RF1-19 BRD RT9-27 W RF1-17 RF9-1 MICROPHONE Y RT3-9 Y RT9-18 RT1-3 Y BRD Y Y RF1-18 Y RT1-2 RT9-11 B P RT9-9 CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE RT1-11 TELEPHONE CIRCUIT B FC2CS (FC4CS) 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data Fig. 17.1 VARIANT: ROW Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) Fig. 17.2 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE RT2 RT5 12-WAY / BLACK 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR SEAT MICROPHONE RF9 2-WAY / BLUE ROOF CONSOLE TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT7 2-WAY / GREY TRUNK / ABOVE LH WHEEL ARCH TELEPHONE HAND SET RECEIVER RT4 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RT1 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE RT3 10-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE RT6 2-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE ANTENNA BELOW CENTER CONSOLE RT8 2-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE ANTENNA BEHIND REAR SEAT RT11 10-WAY / BLACK / TELEPHONE HAND SET CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX GROUNDS Ground Location FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Telephone System: NAS (Early Production Vehicles) Telephone System: NAS (Early Production Vehicles) Fig. 17.2 TELEPHONE ANTENNA NR NR 38 B NR RT2-10 RT1-4 NR RTS2 B RT2-3 G 6 RT7 -2 G G I B RT1-5 RT2-2 RT7 -1 TELEPHONE MUTE TELEPHONE AUDIO + TELEPHONE AUDIO - U U U U UY UY UY UY GW RT5-15 W BRD BRD RT4-10 RT4-12 RT6-2 RT11-1 RT4-6 RT11-2 R 16.1 16.2 16.1 16.2 ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) RT1-10 RT5-8 RT3-2 RT11-3 16.2 B RT5-13 R RT4-2 16.1 U RT3-1 B B BRD RT8-2 U U RT4-11 RT6-1 16.2 RT1-9 GW A N 16.1 RT1-8 RT5-11 RT5-16 RT8-1 16.2 RT1-7 RT5-10 A N 16.1 RT1-6 RT5-5 R RT3-3 RT5-7 BRD RT5-1 Y Y Y RT4-3 RT11-4 RT3-4 RT5-4 O O O RT4-4 RT11-5 RT3-5 RT5-3 N N N RT4-5 RT11-6 RT3-6 RT2-8 G G G RT4-1 RT11-7 RT3-7 RT5-12 W W W RT4-9 RT11-10 U RT3-10 RT5-14 U RT4-7 RT11-8 U BRD RT3-8 RT2-6 B Y BRD Y Y RT4-8 RT11-9 RT5-6 RT3-9 RT2-1 HAND SET RECEIVER W W W RT1-1 RF1-17 RF9-1 G G RT1-3 RF1-19 MICROPHONE BRD RT2-11 G RF9-2 Y Y BRD Y RT2-12 Y BRD RT1-2 RF1-18 B P RT2-4 B RTS3 P RT2-9 B CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE TELEPHONE CIRCUIT RT1-11 B FC2CS (FC4CS) 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: NAS Early Production Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 17.3 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE RT9 32-WAY / BLUE BEHIND REAR SEAT MICROPHONE (ROOF CONSOLE) RF9 2-WAY / BLUE ROOF CONSOLE TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT7 2-WAY / GREY TRUNK / ABOVE LH WHEEL ARCH TELEPHONE HAND SET RECEIVER RT4 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location RF1 24-WAY / BLACK / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RT1 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE RT3 10-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO TELEPHONE HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE RT6 2-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE ANTENNA BELOW CENTER CONSOLE RT8 2-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE ANTENNA BEHIND REAR SEAT RT11 10-WAY / BLACK / TELEPHONE HAND SET CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX GROUNDS Ground Location FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Telephone System: NAS (Later Production Vehicles) NR NR 38 NR Fig. 17.3 B RT9-20 RTS2 RT1-4 Telephone System: NAS (Later Production Vehicles) NR B RT9-21 G 6 I B RT9-19 RW 41 II 16.2 G RT1-5 WR B RT1-16 RT9-4 U U 16.1 RT9-29 RT1-6 16.2 U 16.1 U RT9-26 RT1-7 16.2 ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) UY UY 16.1 RT9-25 RT1-8 16.2 UY UY 16.1 RT3-1 RT9-7 R RT9-32 RT9-11 RT9-12 O RT3-5 RT9-13 W W RF9-1 RF1-17 BRD RT1-1 Y Y BRD RT9-22 G RF9-2 RF1-19 G RT1-3 RT7-2 TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT4-7 RT4-15 N U RT9-30 RT9-15 RT7-1 G RT4-5 RT11-10 RT3-10 U RT8-2 S W RT9-28 I BRD RT4-6 RT11-7 RT3-7 W RT6-2 N RT8-1 RT4-3 RT4-14 RT11-6 G RT9-23 Y BRD RT11-5 RT3-6 G I RT9-16 Y RT1-2 RF1-18 G MICROPHONE W RTS1 N RT6-1 W N W RT4-1 BRD K RT11-4 RT3-4 BRD RT4-2 R Y W I RT4-10 RT11-3 RT3-3 G RT4-4 B RT11-2 RT3-2 R RT9-5 N RT11-1 B B TELEPHONE AUDIO - A RT1-10 U RT9-27 RT9-6 GW GW 16.1 U TELEPHONE AUDIO + A RT1-9 16.2 TELEPHONE MUTE O RT4-9 RT11-8 RT3-8 BRD ROOF CONSOLE Y Y RT9-31 P RT11-9 RT3-9 RT4-8 HAND SET RECEIVER B P RT9-8 P B RT9-24 B B RTS3 RT1-11 FC2CS (FC4CS) CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE TELEPHONE CIRCUIT NOTE: This system to be introduced Mid-2003 MY. 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: NAS Later Production Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 17.4 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) CD AUTO-CHANGER (PREMIUM ICE) PROPRIETARY LINK LEAD Connector Description Location CD AUTO-CHANGER (STANDARD ICE) PROPRIETARY LINK LEAD MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE IC7 IC22 IC23 8-WAY / BLACK 16-WAY / BLACK 24-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE NAVIGATION DISPLAY MODULE FC97 FC98 12-WAY / BLACK 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND NAVIGATION DISPLAY NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA IC5 2-WAY / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF POWER AMPLIFIER IC16 PROPRIETARY LINK LEAD 12-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / RH SIDE RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 IC19 IC20 8-WAY / BLACK 12-WAY / WHITE 26-WAY / YELLOW CENTER CONSOLE TRUNK / RH SIDE TRUNK / RH SIDE HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description IC1 20-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS Location BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX IC3 14-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY GROUNDS Ground Location BT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR CE2 ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Navigation System 67 13 NR WU I Y I B Y IC22-16 IC22-8 09.3 IC4-9 REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) B IC22-7 W I IC11-1 IC5-1 BRD IC5-2 IC11-2 RG I IC16-10 IC22-10 N IC16-6 IC22-9 IC1-20 AUDIO - R AUDIO + R IC23-1 BRD FC98-7 IC3-2 G O W R G B U Y B PREMIUM ICE AUDIO NETWORK NOTE: Power Amplifier to CD Auto-changer flying lead. No connector codes are assigned. BRD CD AUTO-CHANGER (PREMIUM ICE) FC98-1 W IC23-7 FC98-15 IC3-7 Y Y FC98-14 IC3-8 G G I O O W R G B U Y B IC7-1 W IC8-2 IC7-2 R IC8-3 STANDARD ICE AUDIO NETWORK IC7-3 G 21.1 Y IC8-4 IC8-5 C – IC8-6 NOTE: Navigation Control Module to CD Auto-changer flying lead. No connector codes are assigned. IC7-5 U FC25-11 21.1 IC7-4 B C + G FC98-11 IC2-1 IC22-15 IC8-1 AUDIO NETWORK FC97-12 BRD IC3-6 W OY RU I FC98-2 BRD IC23-6 IC23-10 IC20-9 I FC97-6 U IC3-5 IC23-8 VEHICLE O SPEED CD AUTO-CHANGER (STANDARD ICE) IC7-6 Y FC25-23 IC8-7 IC7-7 B OY OY VEHICLE O SPEED FC26-20 IC8-8 I IC7-8 IC20-1 IC1-11 BRD IC20-23 MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IC22-12 G STANDARD ICE AUDIO IC20-10 IC22-11 AUDIO - AUDIO + B P IC22-1 B IC4-8 B BTS17 R IC20-22 IC22-13 BT2AR NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE O O IC20-8 FC97-9 IC3-12 RU RU IC20-15 FC97-7 IC3-13 W W IC20-14 FC97-10 IC3-9 BRD 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I FC97-2 FC97-8 IC3-10 RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT 1 BK P BRD IC20-16 CE2BS NAVIGATION DISPLAY MODULE I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground 9 DIMMER CONTROL 65 FC98-4 U POWER AMPLIFIER (PREMIUM ICE) WU NR B BRD IC3-4 IC23-5 NOTE: Navigation Control Module to Power Amplifier flying lead. No connector codes are assigned. 10.2 FC97-4 FC98-5 IC3-3 IC23-4 PREMIUM ICE AUDIO NETWORK RG FCS4 B G IC23-3 O W R G B U Y B FC97-11 BRD IC23-2 IC22-13 RG I FC98-8 IC3-1 R IC16-4 NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA RG IC22-14 G PREMIUM ICE AUDIO Fig. 17.4 Navigation System A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: Navigation Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 10.2 DIMMER OVERRIDE Fig. 17.5 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE IC22 IC23 16-WAY / BLACK 24-WAY / BLACK NAVIGATION DISPLAY MODULE FC97 FC98 12-WAY / BLACK 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND NAVIGATION DISPLAY NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA IC5 2-WAY / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF PARKING BRAKE SWITCH FC19 1-WAY / BLACK BELOW PARKING BRAKE LEVER POWER AMPLIFIER IC16 12-WAY / WHITE TRUNK / RH SIDE RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8 IC19 IC20 8-WAY / BLACK 12-WAY / WHITE 26-WAY / YELLOW CENTER CONSOLE TELEVISION ANTENNA – LH #3 TV3 1-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW TELEVISION ANTENNA – LH #4 TV35 1-WAY / METALLIC REAR WINDOW TELEVISION ANTENNA – RH #1 TV4 1-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW TELEVISION ANTENNA – RH #2 TV34 1-WAY / METALLIC REAR WINDOW TELEVISION ANTENNA AMPLIFIER TV15 TV18 3-WAY / BLUE 2-WAY / GREY ABOVE LH REAR INNER WHEEL ARCH TELEVISION MODULE TV5 TV6 TV7 TV8 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK ON TRUNK FUSE BOX HOUSING VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL BEACON MODULE IR2 TV10 2-WAY / GREY 8-WAY / BLACK SPARE WHEEL WELL VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL INFRARED SENSOR IR1 2-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE TV12 TV14 4-WAY / BLACK 8-WAY / BLACK SPARE WHEEL WELL HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description IC1 20-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS Location BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX IC2 14-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX IC3 14-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX IC4 14-WAY / WHITE / IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY GROUNDS Ground Location BT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE TV36 BELOW PARCEL SHELF TV38 ADJACENT TO BATTERY Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Navigation System with TV and VICS NR 67 B IC22-8 WU 13 I Fig. 17.5 Navigation System with TV and VICS Y I Y IC22-16 B 09.3 IC4-9 REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) IC22-7 W I IC11-1 IC5-1 BRD IC5-2 IC11-2 NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA RG I RG IC22-14 68 NR 14 WU WU 17 B I TV10-8 W IR2-1 IR1-1 TV12-2 BRD IR2-2 B TV12-1 IC23-14 AUDIO - IC23-11 AUDIO + BRD TV14-6 TV10-7 OY IC22-12 IC22-11 STANDARD ICE AUDIO IC20-10 IC22-13 O RU WU 16 B P TV14-2 BRD B I TV11-1 TV18-3A TV15-1 RG 10.2 WU 9 FCS4 B BRD NR B FC97-6 FC97-8 IC3-10 I FC97-4 FC97-10 IC3-9 TV38 RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT RU I FC97-12 VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE W TV17-1 IC16-10 TV17-1A PREMIUM ICE AUDIO NR 66 G BRD TELEVISION ANTENNA RH #1 IC22-10 B TV8-4 AUDIO - WU 18 B I N TV8-3 AUDIO + IC16-6 IC22-9 R IC16-4 IC22-13 IC23-2 TV17-2 BRD B BTS17 B IC4-8 IC22-1 G FC98-15 IC3-7 Y IC23-8 TV5-1 FC98-14 IC3-8 G FC98-11 IC2-1 R TV15-3 TV19-1 FC3BL NAVIGATION DISPLAY MODULE TV6-1 BRD TVS4 BK FC97-2 TV5-2 G TV35-1 P G IC23-10 BRD BRD TV15-3A TV19-1A TV6-2 BK OY N TV18-2 TV36 TV7-1 TV8-1 TV18-2A TV7-2 B TVS12 TELEVISION ANTENNA AMPLIFIER 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II I II TV8-2 TV38 1 I B E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground OY IC2-5 OY FCS56 FC19 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH BRD E W Y U FC98-1 IC3-6 IC23-7 TV15-2A II BRD W TV15-2 FC98-2 IC3-5 IC23-6 TV19-2A TELEVISION ANTENNA LH #4 U BRD BRD FC98-4 IC3-4 IC23-5 NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE TV19-2 BRD U NOTE: Navigation Control Module to Television Module flying lead. No wire color codes or connector codes are assigned. FC98-5 IC3-3 IC23-4 P BT2AR TELEVISION ANTENNA LH #3 G BRD B FC98-7 IC3-2 IC23-3 TV17-2A TV3-1 BRD G POWER AMPLIFIER (PREMIUM ICE) FC98-8 IC3-1 BRD W TELEVISION ANTENNA RH #2 R IC23-1 R TV34-1 65 TV11-2 NOTE: Any one of the connected television antennas serves as a VICS antenna. TV4-1 DIMMER OVERRIDE FC97-7 W IC20-16 TVS12 RG I FC97-11 IC3-13 BRD B FC97-9 RU IC20-14 G TV18-3 21.1 O IC3-12 W TV18-1 G C IC20-22 IC20-15 I 21.1 FC25-11 MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER R IC23-12 TV12-4 IC20-8 B Y C IC20-23 G VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL BEACON MODULE WU + VEHICLE SPEED BRD TV38 15 O FC26-20 IC1-11 – G BRD P TV10-2 IC20-1 FC25-23 TV14-4 G B TVS12 OY I SPEED IC23-13 TV12-3 TV10-5 IC20-9 BRD TV14-7 TV10-6 BRD IR1-2 O VEHICLE IC22-15 TV14-5 TV10-4 W OY I W TV10-1 VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL INFRARED SENSOR B TV14-2 B I IC1-20 P TELEVISION MODULE A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data NOTE: Refer to Fig. 17.4 for Navigation Vehicles CD Auto-changer circuits. VARIANT: Japan Navigation Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 10.2 DIMMER CONTROL Fig. 18.1 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location DRIVER DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS SW12 SW13 2-WAY / GREY 2-WAY / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL DRIVER SEAT POSITION SWITCH SD21 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION IMPACT SENSOR – FRONT LF50 2-WAY / BLACK FORWARD OF RADIATOR RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE FC8 FC9 24-WAY / BLACK 40-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER (LHD) PT2 2-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER (RHD) PT3 2-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER (LHD) PT3 2-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER (RHD) PT2 2-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER SD20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER SP20 6-WAY / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER SD15 2-WAY / BROWN SEAT BACK SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER SD16 2-WAY / BROWN SEAT BACK SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER (LHD) RH15 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BELT RETRACTOR / REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER (RHD) RH16 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BELT RETRACTOR / REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER (LHD) RH16 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BELT RETRACTOR / REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER (RHD) RH15 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BELT RETRACTOR / REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location LF2 4-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM PT1 4-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY RH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT SD13 3-WAY / BLACK / DRIVER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER BELOW SEAT CUSHION SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT SP13 3-WAY / BLACK / PASSENGER SEAT SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER BELOW SEAT CUSHION SW10 4-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER AIRBAG HARNESS INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL GROUNDS Ground Location FC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Advanced Restraints System: Part 1 Fig. 18.1 Advanced Restraints System: Part 1 CASSETTE 23 W II SERIAL COMMUNICATION 21.2 FC8-5 B NW O D BW S SW10-2 OY S WR SW10-4 FC9-1 W U FC9-27 G SD15-1 DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER G RH9-6 FC9-28 O U SD13-3 SD15-2 WU WU RH9-7 RH16-2 FC9-21 FC9-29 GU UY GU RH16-1 Y SP13-1 RH9-8 SP15-1 PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER FC9-30 OY FC9-22 U SP13-2 SP15-2 WU WU DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (RHD) RH16-2 FC9-27 RH9-7 GU GU RH16-1 RH9-8 FC9-28 FC9-31 RW RW PT1-2 PT2-2 W W PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (RHD) RH15-2 RH9-5 RH15-1 PT1-1 FC9-32 RH9-6 BW BW FC9-29 G G PT2-1 RW RW PT1-4 BW 12.2 SD21-1 SD20-4 SD1-10 FC9-24 FC9-34 FC9-25 FC9-31 PT1-3 PT3-1 SD1-4 RW RW PT1-4 PT3-2 SD20-2 BK BK FCS45 G SD1-11 G SDS7 HALL EFFECT SWITCH SD20-1 BW BW FC9-32 FC1S PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER (LHD) YU SD20-3 G 12.1 BW BW RW YU II DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE FC9-23 SD1-9 RW WG 19 PT3-2 BW SD21-2 HALL EFFECT SWITCH DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER (LHD) FC9-30 FC9-33 DRIVER SEAT POSITION SWITCH SW12-2 Y SD13-1 FC9-2 PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (LHD) SW SC4-4 SC3-4 FC9-20 RH9-5 RH15-1 SW12-1 CASSETTE FC8-2 LF2-1 RH15-2 SC4-3 SC3-3 S RU FC9-19 W DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (LHD) SO STAGE ONE YU LF50-1 SW13-2 CASSETTE FC8-1 OY YU RO O FC8-22 LF2-3 LF50-2 SW13-1 SC4-2 SC3-2 SW10-3 FRONT IMPACT SENSOR SC4-1 CASSETTE NG FC8-6 08.2 YW SC3-1 STAGE TWO FC8-11 BPM: AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) SU SW10-1 FC8-12 PT1-3 DRIVER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER (RHD) PT3-1 DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH FC9-33 YG WG 20 II SP20-4 SP20-3 BK FCS45 G SP1-11 G SPS7 FC1S PT2-2 FC9-26 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: AIRBAG WARNING (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) HALL EFFECT SWITCH SP20-1 PT1-2 SP1-4 SP20-2 BK RW RW YG 08.1 Y BW BW O FC9-34 BK PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH FC8-15 PT1-1 PASSENGER SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER (RHD) PT2-1 BK FCS45 FC8-16 FC1S RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE (Continued Fig. 18.2) 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DRIVER DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS Fig. 18.2 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location OCCUPANCY SENSING CONTROL MODULE FC10 26-WAY / YELLOW ‘A’ POST / RH SIDE OF FASCIA PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP FC15 3-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA PASSENGER DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS FC75 FC76 2-WAY / BLACK 2-WAY / BLACK SIDE OF AIRBAG ASSEMBLY PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR SP18 3-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSING CONTROL MODULE SP21 10-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE FC8 FC9 24-WAY / BLACK 40-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SPATIAL SENSOR – CENTER CONSOLE RZ2 4-WAY / WHITE BEHIND ROOF CONSOLE SPATIAL SENSOR – PASSENGER ‘A’ POST (LHD) RF3 8-WAY / YELLOW UPPER RH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM SPATIAL SENSOR – PASSENGER ‘A’ POST (RHD) RZ3 4-WAY / BLACK UPPER LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM SPATIAL SENSOR – PASSENGER ‘B’ POST (LHD) RH11 4-WAY / WHITE ‘B’ POST (COUPE); REAR QUARTER (CONV.) / TRIM SPATIAL SENSOR – PASSENGER ‘B’ POST (RHD) RH10 4-WAY / WHITE ‘B’ POST (COUPE); REAR QUARTER (CONV.) / TRIM HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RH9 20-WAY / BLUE / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS BELOW CENTER CONSOLE RZ1 8-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LOWER LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT GROUNDS Ground Location FC1 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, RIGHT HAND SIDE Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Advanced Restraints System: Part 2 22 W II G RZ1-2 FC10-2 WU WU RZ2-2 RZ1-1 FC10-1 Y Y RZ2-3 RZ1-4 FC10-4 W W RZ2-4 RZ1-3 FC10-3 U U RF3-1 RF5-2 FC10-6 W PASSENGER “A” POST SPATIAL SENSOR (LHD) WG RF3-2 + RF5-1 FC10-5 O – RF5-4 + C – LOCAL U C FC10-24 FC9-18 W RF3-4 C FC9-17 FC10-25 FC10-19 W O C LOCAL O RF3-3 FC8-19 O RF5-3 YB FC10-18 O W FC15-1 24 II FC15-3 PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP O RZ3-1 RZ1-8 FC10-19 W PASSENGER “A” POST SPATIAL SENSOR (RHD) B FC10-22 G RZ2-1 CENTER CONSOLE SPATIAL SENSOR Fig. 18.2 Advanced Restraints System: Part 2 W RZ3-2 RZ1-7 FC10-18 U FC8-14 U RZ3-3 RZ1-6 WG FC76-2 WG RZ3-4 BW FC10-6 RZ1-5 STAGE TWO FC10-5 RW G G RH11-1 RH9-12 FC10-7 Y STAGE ONE Y RH11-3 RH9-14 RW FC10-21 N RH11-4 FC8-3 RH9-13 FC75-1 FC10-20 G G RH10-1 RH9-2 FC10-8 R R RH10-2 RH9-1 FC10-7 Y Y RH10-3 RH9-4 FC10-21 N N RH10-4 WG BW FC75-2 RH9-11 N 21 FC8-4 FC76-1 R RH11-2 PASSENGER “B” POST SPATIAL SENSOR (RHD) FC8-13 FC10-8 U PASSENGER “B” POST SPATIAL SENSOR (LHD) IMPACT SENSORS; PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH: REFER TO FIG. 18.1. RH9-3 FC10-20 B II SP21-G + BO O C SP21-E LOCAL SP18-A SP21-H – U C WG SP21-F SP18-C O SP1-9 C + C – FC10-12 U SP1-10 LOCAL RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE (Continued from Fig. 18.1) FC10-11 SP21-J G SP18-B SP21-K PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR BK NOTE: RCM power supply shown on Fig. 18.1. BK FCS45 G BK G SPS7 SP1-11 SP21-D FC10-23 BK FCS45 FC1S FC1S PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSING CONTROL MODULE 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I OCCUPANCY SENSING CONTROL MODULE I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 PASSENGER DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS Fig. 19.1 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE BT4 BT5 16-WAY / WHITE 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL PARKING AID SENSOR – CENTER LH RB3 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR BUMPER PARKING AID SENSOR – CENTER RH RB4 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR BUMPER PARKING AID SENSOR – LH RB2 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR BUMPER PARKING AID SENSOR – RH RB5 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR BUMPER PARKING AID SOUNDER RH4 2-WAY / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH RB1 6-WAY / BLACK / TRUNK HARNESS TO PARKING AID SENSORS LINK HARNESS TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL GROUNDS Ground Location BT3 TRUNK, LEFT REAR Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Parking Aid System WG 12 I Parking Aid System B U BT4-1 U BT4-2 R O 21.2 SERIAL COMMUNICATION R BT4-10 D + RH4-1 BT1-14 – RH4-2 BT1-15 BT4-12 PARKING AID SOUNDER REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) Y 09.3 I BT4-6 GU RB5-1 GW W I BT5-4 RB5-2 RB1-5 GW RB5-3 RH SENSOR GU RB4-1 GO I GO RB4-2 RB1-4 BT5-2 GW RB4-3 GU GU RBS1 RB1-6 BT5-6 GW GW RB1-1 BT5-1 CENTER RH SENSOR RBS2 GU RB3-1 BO I BO RB3-2 RB1-3 BT5-3 GW RB3-3 CENTER LH SENSOR B B BTS23 GU P RB2-1 BT4-16 NG I BT3S BT5-5 NG RB2-2 RB1-2 GW RB2-3 PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE LH SENSOR 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: Parking Aid Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Fig. 19.1 Fig. 20.1 CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Body Processor Module
Pin Description and Characteristic COMPONENTS I O B+ FC14-04 FC14-70 FC14-80 HORN SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED (MOMENTARY) HORN RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, BPM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) : B+ Component Connector(s) Connector Description ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – FASCIA FC51 3-WAY / BLACK FASCIA / ADJACENT TO RH SIDE OF GLOVE BOX ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – TRUNK BT25 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET CIGAR LIGHTER FC42 FC59 2-WAY / METALLIC 1-WAY / BLACK FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 LF6 LF7 LF8 LF70 10-WAY / NATURAL 10-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / GREEN 10-WAY / BLUE EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT FRONT NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. Location GARAGE DOOR OPENER (ROOF CONSOLE) RF10 6-WAY / GREY ROOF CONSOLE HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) HP1 HP2 HP3 1-WAY / METALLIC 1-WAY / METALLIC EYELET CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL HORNS LF12 2-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT BUMPER RELAYS Relay Connector / Color Location HORN RELAY BUS / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX – R6 HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location LF60 20-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RF5 8-WAY / WHITE / FASCIA HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM SC2 10-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR SC3 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO COLUMN SWITCH GEAR HARNESS RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN SW1 12-WAY / BLACK / STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL GROUNDS Ground Location BT2 TRUNK, RIGHT REAR FC2 RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE FC4 LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT. The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data I O B+ Input Output Battery Voltage PG SS SG Power Ground Sensor / Signal Supply V Sensor / Signal Ground C S D CAN Network SCP Network Serial and Encoded Data V Voltage (DC) PWM Pulse Width Modulated CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit oper ation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY. NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Ancillaries N 15 B HP1 GW GW O FC14-80 FC14-70 LF6-6 LF60-14 R6 CASSETTE GU GU SW2-1 GU SW1-1 I SC3-1 4 HP3 3 5 GB FC14-4 LF7-1 F11 15A GU HP2 4 1 2 BK BK BK SCS1 SW1-5 SC2-9 B LFS9 BK LF7-5 F13 FCS48 LF12-1 B CASSETTE B SW2-5 Fig. 20.1 Ancillaries LF12-2 LF2BS HORN RELAY HORN SWITCHES B FC3BL B FCS49 WU FC42-1 8 I FC42-2 HORNS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX STEERING WHEEL CAUTION!: The Steering Wheel contains two logic ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. CIGAR LIGHTER FC4BR (FC2BR) P BODY PROCESSOR MODULE CIGAR LIGHTER HORNS NG 27 BT25-1 WR 10 I 17 NR RF10-2 BT25-3 RF11-1 B BT25-2 BT2BR (CONV.) BT2BS (COUPE) NW TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR N RP1-2 RP2 B RP3 BK BK NG 28 FC51-1 I RF11-2 ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING MODULE FC2DS RF5-6 FC51-3 FC51-2 FC2BL (FC4BL) GARAGE DOOR OPENER BK B FC3BR FASCIA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ROOF CONSOLE ACCESSORY CONNECTORS GARAGE DOOR OPENER 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 E RF10-1 WR 11 II RFS1 I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 3A RP1-1 8 Fig. 21.1 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF61 12-WAY / BLACK Location ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF RADIATOR BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET DATA LINK CONNECTOR FC53 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 DD11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER DP10 DP11 22-WAY / BLUE 22-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF37 25-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP22 16-WAY / BLACK BEHIND SEAT BACK FINISHER J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE FC88 10-WAY / WHITE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY LINEAR SWITCH MODULE FC100 12-WAY / GREY LH SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FC25 FC26 26-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / YELLOW FASCIA SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD3 SD4 SD5 16-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP3 SP5 16-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40 BT41 BT42 RH20 16-WAY / BLACK 26-WAY / BLACK 10-WAY / BLACK COAXIAL CONNECTOR TRUNK / ELECTRICAL CARRIER TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE GB2 16-WAY / BLACK TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location AC14 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE BT1 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH DD1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET/ ‘A’ POST TRIM DP1 23-WAY / BLACK / CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM EM1 20-WAY / WHITE / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR LF40 13-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR SD1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS BELOW DRIVER SEAT SP1 14-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS BELOW PASSENGER SEAT GROUNDS Ground Location FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 + C – C CAN (Network); SCP Network EMS32 Y EMS34 Y Y Y GB2-6 EM1-6 EMS33 G G EMS35 G + + C C – – C FC100-3 EM1-7 Y FC100-2 C + + C C – – C FC88-4 FC100-8 G GB2-2 C Fig. 21.1 CAN (Network); SCP Network FC88-3 FC100-7 C + C – G WU II FC25-23 FC88-8 17 WR 4 WU + Y C C + LF37-15 Y C Y LF61-10 G C + LF61-11 LF37-11 – J GATE ILLUMINATION MODULE LINEAR SWITCH MODULE C – – LF61-5 G LF61-4 C + C – + G LF40-4 FC53-8 II EM80-124 G C Y LF40-3 FC53-1 Y C – G C + C – S – S + FC53-14 FC25-24 DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE C FC53-6 FC25-10 EM80-123 B FC53-9 I TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE B FC53-16 43 FC25-11 FC88-9 G NW 24 Y ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN) U S – S + FC25-14 Y FC25-13 – S + S U U Y Y U S U BT40-16 Y S U U FCS11 RH2-11 BT1-10 Y BT40-8 Y Y FCS12 RH2-12 BT1-11 U U SPS9 SP1-3 Y Y SPS10 SP1-8 U S U U U U ACS6 Y Y DP1-3 U S + SP5-9 Y Y Y SD1-8 AC14-9 U SDS9 SD1-3 AC14-8 Y S ACS5 DP1-8 DP10-16 S – S + SD5-10 Y SDS10 SD5-9 DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE U S U Y Y – S + SD22-14 DD1-3 DD10-16 S SD22-13 Y S U DD1-8 DD10-9 + – PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE DP10-9 – S SP5-10 SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE + + PASSENGER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE – S MAJOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SP22-14 FC14-85 + – SP22-13 FC14-84 – S DRIVER HEAD RESTRAINT CONTROL MODULE DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE U FC53-10 Y FC53-2 BK FC53-4 STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP) FCS48 BK FC53-5 BK FC3BL NOTE: Network circuits shown incorporate all vehicle options. 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DATA LINK CONNECTOR Fig. 21.2 COMPONENTS Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE BT69 35-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / ADJACENT TO ELECTRICAL CARRIER AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AC1 AC2 AC3 AC4 26-WAY / GREY 16-WAY / GREY 12-WAY / GREY 22-WAY / GREY A/C UNIT / RH SIDE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 104-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET DATA LINK CONNECTOR FC53 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE HID HEADLAMP UNIT – LH LF30 9-WAY / BLACK LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY HID HEADLAMP UNIT – RH LF23 9-WAY / BLACK RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 20-WAY / GREEN ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE BT4 BT5 16-WAY / WHITE 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / SPARE WHEEL WELL RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE FC8 FC9 24-WAY / BLACK 40-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SECURITY SOUNDER – ACTIVE (ROW ONLY) LF18 6-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF RIGHT FRONT HEADLAMP HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS Connector Connector Description Location AC14 14-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CLIMATE CONTROL HARNESS FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / RIGHT HAND SIDE BT2 20-WAY / WHITE / REARWARD HARNESS TO TRUNK HARNESS TRUNK / ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH EM2 20-WAY / YELLOW / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FASCIA HARNESS ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND BLOWER MOTOR LF1 20-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM LF59 12-WAY / GREY / FASCIA HARNESS TO LEFT FORWARD HARNESS LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / ‘A’ POST TRIM RH12 18-WAY / YELLOW / FASCIA HARNESS TO REARWARD HARNESS REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY GROUNDS Ground Location FC3 TRANSMISSION TUNNEL, LEFT HAND SIDE NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control modules and control module pins. DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 Jaguar XK Range 2003 Serial Data Link Fig. 21.2 Serial Data Link NW 24 WU 43 II O D FC8-11 B FC53-16 B FC53-9 17 WR 4 WU I FC53-8 II FC53-1 RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE W O D D FC53-15 BT4-12 O D FC53-7 NOTE: Serial Data Link: W wire – serial input O wire – serial output O wire only – Bidirectional Serial Communication PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE NOTE: FCS15 – Adaptive Damping vehicles only. W D W BT2-19 BT69-28 O D O BTS45 BT69-10 W FCS15 RH12-4 O BT2-20 O FCS16 O D YB D FC22-9 FC22-6 RH12-5 D D FC14-92 GO FC14-13 NOTE: BTS45 – Adaptive Damping vehicles only. ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE GO LF1-12 LF18-4 LF18-3 LF18-6 W W AC14-5 O D EM80-105 O O EM2-18 O AC14-6 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE LF18-5 D AC4-10 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER (ROW ONLY) D AC4-21 AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE O D LF30-5 O LFS10 O LF59-1 HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE LH HID HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY BK FC53-4 FCS48 BK FC53-5 BK O D FC3BL LF23-5 HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE RH HID HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY NOTE: Serial Data Link circuit shown incorporates all vehicle options. 1 8 Fig. 01.1 9 52 Fig. 01.2 6 18 Fig. 01.4 61 93 Fig. 01.6 1 5 Fig. 01.1 53 87 Fig. 01.3 19 60 Fig. 01.5 1 17 Fig. 02.1 II E I II I II E E I I Input B + Battery Voltage O Output P Power Ground + Sensor/Signal Supply V – Sensor/Signal Ground A ACP S SCP C CAN D Serial and Encoded Data VARIANT: All Vehicles VIN RANGE: All DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DATA LINK CONNECTOR Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix This Appendix contains a listing of SCP and CAN Network messages. NOTE: Passive Anti-Theft System and Security System messages are not included in this appendix. The following acronyms and abbreviations are used throughout this section: A/C ASC ASCCM BPM CAN CM DDCM DHRCM DSC DSCCM DSCM DTC ECM IC ID JGM (ILL) LSM MIL PDCM PHRCM PID PSCM SLCM SCP TCM WDS Air Conditioning Adaptive Speed Control Adaptive Speed Control Control Module Body Processor Module Controller Area Network Control Module Driver Door Control Module Driver Head Restraint Control Module Dynamic Stability Control Dynamic Stability Control Control Module Driver Seat Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Code Engine Control Module Instrument Cluster Identification J Gate Module (Illumination) Linear Switch Module Malfunction Indicator Lamp Passenger Door Control Module Passenger Head Restraint Control Module Parameter Identification Passenger Seat Control Module Security and Locking Control Module Standard Corporate Protocol Network Transmission Control Module Worldwide Diagnostic System DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 i ii BPM SLCM SLCM WDS WDS BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM Hood Closed Trunk Ajar Trunk Closed BPM Data Transfer BPM Diagnostic Command BPM Diagnostic Routine Results BPM DTCs Cleared BPM DTCs Report BPM Entering Sleep Mode BPM Freeze Frame Data BPM General Response BPM Memory Data BPM Not Programmed BPM PID Data BPM Security Access Response BPM Write PID Response WDS DDCM DDCM DDCM DDCM DDCM DDCM DTCs Cleared DDCM DTCs Report DDCM Entering Sleep Mode DDCM Freeze Frame Data BPM Convertible Vehicle DDCM Diagnostic Routine Results DDCM Close Passenger Window DDCM Data Transfer BPM Close Convertible Top IC BPM Hood Ajar Charging OK BPM All Photo Cell Dark Status - Yes (True) IC BPM All Photo Cell Dark Status - No (False) Brake Pedal Pressed IC Source ASC Driver Intervene Chime Command Message Name X X X X X X X X SLCM X X X X X X X X BPM X X X X X X X X X IC X X X DDCM X X X X X DSCM X X DHRCM Receivers X X X X X PDCM X X X X X PSCM X X PHRCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X WDS Appendix Jaguar XK Range 2003 SCP Message Matrix DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DDCM DDCM BPM DSCM DSCM DDCM WDS DSCM DSCM DSCM DSCM Driver Lock Switch Status Driver Mirror Down Driver Mirror Up Driver Seat Heater Switch Press Driver Seat Heater Tell Tale Off Driver Seat Heater Tell Tale On Driver Window Position DSCM Data Transfer DSCM Diagnostic Routine Results DSCM DTCs Cleared DSCM DTCs Report DSCM Entering Sleep Mode DSCM DDCM Driver Door Unsuper locked DSCM Freeze Frame Data SLCM DDCM Driver Door Unlocked DDCM DHRCM DHRCM Memory 2 recalled Driver Door Super locked DHRCM DHRCM Memory 1 recalled SLCM DHRCM DHRCM Entering sleep mode Driver Door Locked DDCM DDCM Write PID Response DDCM DDCM DDCM Security Access Response Driver Door Closed DDCM DDCM PID Data DDCM DDCM DDCM Not Programmed Driver Door Ajar DDCM DDCM Memory Data BPM DDCM DDCM Memory 2 Recalled Dip Beam On DDCM DDCM Memory 1 Recalled BPM DDCM DDCM General Response Dip Beam Off Source Message Name X X X X X X X SLCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X BPM X X X X X X X IC X X X X X DDCM X X X X X DSCM X X X DHRCM Receivers X X X X X X X PDCM X X X PSCM X X PHRCM X X X X X X X X X WDS Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix SCP Message Matrix iii iv SLCM SLCM Convertible Top Latch Warning Off Convertible Top Latch Warning On BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM DDCM Ignition Status Inertia Switch Active Inertia Switch Inactive Interior Lights Off Interior Lights On J-Gate Not-In-Park Switch Active J-Gate Not-In-Park Switch Inactive Key In Ignition Key Not In Ignition Key Valid with IVIN Data Left Turn Signal Lamp Off Left Turn Signal Lamp On Left Hand Drive Vehicle Lock Front Doors IC BPM Convertible Top Latch Status IC Entering Sleep Mode BPM Hazards On DSCM DSCM Write PID Response BPM DSCM DSCM Security Access Response Hazards Off DSCM DSCM PID Data BPM DSCM DSCM Not Programmed DDCM DSCM DSCM Memory Data Glass Break Detected DSCM DSCM Memory 2 Recalled Fold Flat Mirrors DSCM DSCM Memory 1 Recalled IC DSCM DSCM General Response Engine Running Source Message Name X X X X X X X SLCM X X X X X BPM X X X X X X X X X X X IC X X X X X X X X X DDCM X X X X X X DSCM X X DHRCM Receivers X X X X X X X X X PDCM X X X X X X PSCM X X PHRCM X X X X X WDS Appendix Jaguar XK Range 2003 SCP Message Matrix DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM BPM DDCM DHRCM DSCM Low Washer Fluid Warning Off Low Washer Fluid Warning On Main Beam Flash Off Main Beam Flash On Main Beam Off Main Beam On Network Awake (BPM) Network Awake (DDCM) Network Awake (DHRCM) Network Awake (DSCM) PDCM Passenger Door Super locked DDCM SLCM Passenger Door Locked Passenger Mirror Right PDCM Passenger Door Closed DDCM PDCM Passenger Door Ajar Passenger Mirror Left DDCM Open Passenger Window DDCM BPM Open Convertible Top Passenger Mirror Down BPM Open Fuel Filler Flap PDCM BPM Open Trunk Passenger Lock Switch Status BPM Non Convertible Vehicle SLCM SLCM Network Awake (SLCM) PDCM PSCM Network Awake (PSCM) Passenger Door Unsuper locked PHRCM Network Awake (PHRCM) Passenger Door Unlocked PDCM Network Awake (PDCM) IC PDCM Lock Front Doors Network Awake (IC) Source Message Name X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X SLCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X BPM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X IC X X X X X X X X X DDCM X X X X X X X X DSCM X X X X X X X X DHRCM Receivers X X X X X X X X X X X X X X PDCM X X X X X X X X X X PSCM X X X X X X X X X X PHRCM WDS Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix SCP Message Matrix v vi BPM PSCM PSCM PDCM WDS PDCM PDCM PDCM PDCM PDCM PDCM PDCM PDCM PDCM PDCM PDCM PDCM PDCM PHRCM SLCM SLCM SLCM WDS PSCM PSCM PSCM PSCM PSCM PSCM PSCM Passenger Seat Heater Tell Tale Off Passenger Seat Heater Tell Tale On Passenger Window Position PDCM Data Transfer PDCM Diagnostic Routine Results PDCM DTCs Cleared PDCM DTCs Report PDCM Entering Sleep Mode PDCM Freeze Frame Data PDCM General Response PDCM Memory 1 Recalled PDCM Memory 2 Recalled PDCM Memory Data PDCM Not Programmed PDCM PID Data PDCM Security Access Response PDCM Write PID Response PHRCM Entering Sleep mode Position Driver Window Position Passenger Window Position Rear Quarters PSCM Data Transfer PSCM Diagnostic Routine Results PSCM DTCs Cleared PSCM DTCs Report PSCM Entering Sleep Mode PSCM Freeze Frame Data PSCM General Response PSCM Memory Data DDCM Passenger Mirror Up Passenger Seat Heater Switch Press Source Message Name X X X X X X SLCM X X X X X X X X X X BPM X X X X IC X X X X X X DDCM X X X X X DSCM X X X DHRCM Receivers X X X X X X PDCM X X X X X PSCM X X PHRCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X WDS Appendix Jaguar XK Range 2003 SCP Message Matrix DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 SLCM SLCM SLCM SLCM SLCM SLCM Remote Headlamp Convenience Off Remote Headlamp Convenience On Remote Lock Remote Panic Remote Super lock Remote Unlock SLCM IC BPM IC WDS WDS WDS WDS Request Hood Ajar Status Request Hood Ajar Status Request Trunk Ajar Status Request Trunk Ajar Status Request BPM Clear DTCs Request BPM Data Link Security Access Request BPM Data Transfer Exit Request BPM Diagnostic Routine Entry Request A3Wiper Mode Status IC SLCM Remote Trunk Release Request All Photo Cell Dark Status SLCM SLCM Rear Fog Lamps Off Recoding Key Ring Message Off BPM Rear Fog Lamps On SLCM BPM Rear Fog Lamps Off Recoding Key Ring Message SLCM Rear Bulbs OK DDCM SLCM Rear Bulb Failure Recall Memory 2 PSCM PSCM Write PID Response SLCM PSCM PSCM Security Access Response DDCM PSCM PSCM PID Data Recall Memory 1 PSCM PSCM Not Programmed Rear Fog Lamps On Source Message Name X X X X X X X X SLCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X BPM X X X X X IC X X X X X X X DDCM X X X X X X DSCM X X DHRCM Receivers X X X X X X X X X PDCM X X X X PSCM PHRCM X X X WDS Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix SCP Message Matrix vii viii WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS IC Request BPM Diagnostic Routine Results Request BPM DTCs Request BPM Enter Diagnostic Mode Request BPM Freeze Frame Data Request BPM Input Integrity Test State Entry Request BPM Memory Data Request BPM PID Request BPM Return to Normal Operation Request BPM Write PID Request Data Download to BPM Request Data Download to DDCM Request Data Download to DSCM Request Data Download to PDCM Request Data Download to PSCM Request Data Download to SLCM Request DDCM Clear DTCs Request DDCM Data Link Security Access Request DDCM Data Transfer Exit Request DDCM Diagnostic Routine Entry Request DDCM Diagnostic Routine Exit Request DDCM Diagnostic Routine Results Request DDCM DTCs Request DDCM Enter Diagnostic Mode Request DDCM Freeze Frame Data Request DDCM Input Integrity Test State Entry Request DDCM Memory Data Request DDCM PID Request DDCM Return to Normal Operation Request DDCM Write PID Request Dip Beam Status Source Request BPM Diagnostic Routine Exit Message Name X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X SLCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X BPM IC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X DDCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X DSCM DHRCM Receivers X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X PDCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X PSCM PHRCM WDS Appendix Jaguar XK Range 2003 SCP Message Matrix DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS Request DSCM Diagnostic Routine Entry Request DSCM Diagnostic Routine Exit Request DSCM Diagnostic Routine Results Request DSCM DTCs Request DSCM Enter Diagnostic Mode Request DSCM Freeze Frame Data Request DSCM Input Integrity Test State Entry Request DSCM Memory Data Request DSCM PID Request DSCM Return to Normal Operation Request DSCM Write PID SLCM SLCM IC DDCM Request Convertible Top Latch Switches Status Request Ignition Status Request Ignition Status Request Ignition Status IC WDS Request DSCM Data Transfer Exit Request Hazard Status WDS PDCM Request Driver Key Barrel Status Request DSCM Data Link Security Access BPM Request Driver Key Barrel Status WDS SLCM Request Driver Key Barrel Status Request DSCM Clear DTCs DDCM Request Driver Door Lock Status PDCM DSCM Request Driver Door Ajar Status Request Driver Door Switch pack Passenger Window Switch Status DHRCM Request Driver Door Ajar Status BPM IC Request Driver Door Ajar Status SLCM BPM Request Driver Door Ajar Status Request Driver Window Position SLCM Request Driver Door Ajar Status Request Driver Seat Heater Tell Tale Status Source Message Name X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X SLCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X BPM IC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X DDCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X DSCM DHRCM Receivers X X X X X X X X X X X X X X PDCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X PSCM PHRCM WDS Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix SCP Message Matrix ix x IC PHRCM PDCM SLCM BPM DDCM BPM SLCM WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS Request Passenger Door Ajar Status Request Passenger Door Lock Status Request Passenger Key Barrel Status Request Passenger Key Barrel Status Request Passenger Key Barrel Status Request Passenger Seat Heater Tell Tale Status Request Passenger Window Position Request PDCM Clear DTCs Request PDCM Data Link Security Access Request PDCM Data Transfer Exit Request PDCM Diagnostic Routine Entry Request PDCM Diagnostic Routine Exit Request PDCM Diagnostic Routine Results BPM Request Passenger Door Ajar Status Request Passenger Door Ajar Status SLCM Request Passenger Door Ajar Status IC Request Main Beam Status PDCM Request Key In Status IC DDCM Request Key In Status Request Left Turn Signal Status SLCM IC Request Interior Lighting Status PSCM PDCM Request Inertia Switch Status Request Key In Status DDCM Request Inertia Switch Status Request J-Gate Status PSCM Request Ignition Status DSCM PHRCM Request Ignition Status Request J-Gate Status DSCM PDCM Request Ignition Status DHRCM Request Ignition Status Request Ignition Status Source Message Name X X X X X X X SLCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X BPM IC X X X X X X DDCM X X X X X X DSCM DHRCM Receivers X X X X X X X X X X X X X X PDCM X X X X X X X PSCM PHRCM WDS Appendix Jaguar XK Range 2003 SCP Message Matrix DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS WDS Request PSCM Clear DTCs Request PSCM Data Link Security Access Request PSCM Data Transfer Exit Request PSCM Diagnostic Routine Entry Request PSCM Diagnostic Routine Exit Request PSCM Diagnostic Routine Results Request PSCM DTCs Request PSCM Enter Diagnostic Mode Request PSCM Freeze Frame Data Request PSCM Input Integrity Test State Entry Request PSCM Memory Data Request PSCM PID Request PSCM Return to Normal Operation Request PSCM Write PID IC BPM BPM DDCM PDCM Request Right Turn Signal Status Request Seatbelt Chime Status Request Security Arm Status Request Security Arm Status Request Security Arm Status BPM WDS Request PDCM Write PID Request Remote Headlamp Convenience Status WDS Request PDCM Return to Normal Operation BPM WDS Request PDCM PID Request Rear Fog Lamps Status WDS Request PDCM Memory Data SLCM WDS Request PDCM Input Integrity Test State Entry Request Rear Fog Command WDS Request PDCM Freeze Frame Data IC WDS Request PDCM Enter Diagnostic Mode Request Rear Bulb Fail Status WDS Source Request PDCM DTCs Message Name X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X SLCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X BPM IC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X DDCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X DSCM DHRCM Receivers X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X PDCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X PSCM PHRCM WDS Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix SCP Message Matrix xi xii BPM IC IC IC Request Vehicle Lock Status Request Washer Fluid Status Request Windscreen Wiper Motor Status Reverse Gear Selected DSCM SLCM Request Vehicle Lock Status Seatbelt Tell Tale On DDCM Request Vehicle Drive Side DSCM BPM Request Super lock Status Seatbelt Tell Tale Off WDS Request SLCM Write PID DSCM WDS Request SLCM Return to Normal Operation Seatbelt Chime On WDS Request SLCM PID DSCM WDS Request SLCM Memory Data Seatbelt Chime Off WDS Request SLCM Input Integrity Test State Entry DDCM WDS Request SLCM Freeze Frame Data DDCM WDS Request SLCM Enter Diagnostic Mode Save Memory 2 WDS Request SLCM DTCs Save Memory 1 WDS Request SLCM Diagnostic Routine Results BPM WDS Request SLCM Diagnostic Routine Exit Right Hand Drive Vehicle WDS Request SLCM Diagnostic Routine Entry BPM WDS Request SLCM Data Transfer Exit Right Turn Signal Lamp On WDS Request SLCM Data Link Security Access BPM WDS Request SLCM Clear DTCs Right Turn Signal Lamp Off IC Source Request Side Lights Status Message Name X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X SLCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X BPM X X X X IC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X DDCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X DSCM X X DHRCM Receivers X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X PDCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X PSCM PHRCM WDS Appendix Jaguar XK Range 2003 SCP Message Matrix DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DDCM DDCM DDCM PDCM DDCM WDS WDS WDS Stop Passenger Mirror Stop Passenger Window Close Stop Passenger Window Open Super lock Driver Door Super lock Passenger Door Tester Present to BPM Tester Present to DDCM Tester Present to DSCM SLCM SLCM Security Access Response BPM SLCM SLCM PID Data Stop Convertible Top Open SLCM SLCM Not Programmed BPM SLCM SLCM Memory Data Stop Convertible Top Close SLCM SLCM General Response SLCM SLCM SLCM Freeze Frame Data Stop Global Window Close SLCM SLCM Entering Sleep Mode BPM SLCM SLCM DTCs Report Stop Fuel Filler Flap Open SLCM SLCM DTCs Cleared SLCM SLCM SLCM Diagnostic Routine Results DDCM WDS SLCM Data Transfer Stop Driver Mirror BPM Side Lights On SLCM Write PID Response BPM IC Security Audible Indication Side Lights Off SLCM Security Audible Indication SLCM SLCM Security Armed Security Disarmed Source Message Name X X X X X X X SLCM X X X X X X X X X X BPM X X X X IC X X X X X X X X DDCM X X X X X DSCM X DHRCM Receivers X X X X X X X X X X X X PDCM X X X X X PSCM X PHRCM X X X X X X X X X WDS Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix SCP Message Matrix xiii xiv WDS DDCM PDCM DDCM BPM BPM BPM BPM Tester Present to SLCM Unfold Mirrors Unlock Driver Door Unlock Passenger Door Valet Mode Message Valet Mode Message Off Valet Mode Off Valet Mode On DDCM DHRCM DSCM Wake-up (DDCM) Wake-up (DHRCM) Wake-up (DSCM) PDCM PHRCM PSCM SLCM BPM Wake-up (PDCM) Wake-up (PHRCM) Wake-up (PSCM) Wake-up (SLCM) Windscreen Wiper Motor Status IC BPM Wake-up (BPM) Wake-up (IC) DDCM IC Vehicle Speed Vehicle Unlocked DDCM Vehicle Locked IC WDS Tester Present to PSCM Vehicle Security Acknowledge WDS Source Tester Present to PDCM Message Name X X X X X X X X SLCM X X X X X X X BPM X X X IC X X X X X DDCM X X X X DSCM X DHRCM Receivers X X X X PDCM X X X X PSCM X PHRCM WDS Appendix Jaguar XK Range 2003 SCP Message Matrix DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DSCCM DSCCM DSCCM DSCCM DSCCM DSCCM DSCCM DSCCM DSCCM CAN DSC FAULT CODES CAN ODOMETER ROLLING COUNT CAN DSC MALFUNCTION CAN OBD II DSC CLEAR ACKNOWLEDGE CAN DSC FAULT CODE MIL STATUS CAN DSC STATUS CAN TRACTION SHIFT MAP CAN DSC ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL TCM CAN TRANSMISSION OUTPUT SPEED CAN VEHICLE REFERENCE SPEED TCM CAN TRANSMISSION INPUT SPEED DSCCM TCM CAN DSC CONFIGURATION TCM CAN TORQUE CONVERTER SLIP DSCCM CAN STEERING WHEEL SPEED CAN TRANSMISSION TORQUE LIMIT DSCCM CAN STEERING WHEEL ANGLE TCM DSCCM CAN LATERAL ACCELERATION SIGNAL CAN TORQUE REDUCTION REQUEST DSCCM CAN YAW RATE SIGNAL ECM DSCCM CAN BRAKE LINE PRESSURE CAN DRIVER DEMAND TORQUE DSCCM CAN ENGINE DRAG TORQUE REQUEST ECM DSCCM CAN TEMPORARY TORQUE REQUEST CAN ACTUAL ENGINE TORQUE DSCCM CAN ENGINE TORQUE REQUEST ECM TCM CAN FLASH PROGRAM TCM WDS CAN ENGINE FRICTION TORQUE ECM CAN FLASH PROGRAM ECM WDS ECM WDS CAN FLASH PROGRAM WDS TCM CAN INDICATED ENGINE TORQUE WDS Source CAN FLASH PROGRAM WDS ECM Message Name X X X X X DSCCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X ECM X X X X X X X X X TCM X X X IC X X X X X ASCCM Receivers JGM (ILL) LSM X X WDS Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix CAN Message Matrix xv xvi ASCCM ASCCM ASCCM ASCCM CAN BRAKE DEMAND PRESSURE CAN ASC STATUS CAN ASC CONFIGURATION FLAG CAN ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER ENABLE ECM ECM ECM ECM CAN SET SPEED CAN TARGET SPEED CAN ECM ASC FAIL CAN HEADWAY INCREMENT CAN ASC SPARE ASCCM ECM CAN FUEL CAP WARNING CAN FOLLOW SPEED ECM CAN TRACTION ACKNOWLEDGE ASCCM ECM CAN ENGINE CRANK IN PROGRESS CAN DISPLAY SET SPEED ECM CAN BRAKE PEDAL PRESSED ASCCM ECM CAN OBD II CLEAR FAULT CODES CAN EXTRA CHIME ECM CAN KICKDOWN ASCCM ECM CAN CRUISE STATUS ASCCM ECM CAN ALTERNATOR STATUS CAN FOLLOW WARNING LIGHT ECM CAN ENGINE SPEED CAN HEADWAY SETTING ECM CAN PEDAL POSITION ASCCM ECM CAN THROTTLE POSITION CAN ASC DISPLAY COMMANDS ECM DSCCM CAN DSC SWITCH STATUS CAN ENGINE ACCELERATION DSCCM CAN YAW CONTROL ECM DSCCM CAN DSC BRAKE CONTROL CAN TRANS INPUT INDICATED TORQUE Source Message Name X X X X X X X X X X X DSCCM X X X X X ECM X X X X X X X X X X X TCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X IC X X X X X X X ASCCM Receivers JGM (ILL) X LSM WDS Appendix Jaguar XK Range 2003 CAN Message Matrix DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC LSM LSM LSM LSM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM TCM CAN DIPPED BEAM STATUS CAN OIL PRESSURE LOW CAN A/C ELECTRICAL LOAD STATUS CAN FUEL LEVEL DAMPED CAN FUEL LEVEL RAW 1 CAN RIGHT TURN SIGNAL STATUS CAN LEFT TURN SIGNAL STATUS CAN WIPER STATUS CAN NATURAL LIGHT CAN TRIP UNITS CAN IC ASC ENABLE CAN A/C CLUTCH REQUEST CAN BACKLIGHT STATUS CAN BACKLIGHT INTENSITY CAN J-GATE POSITION SELECTED CAN INTERMEDIATE POSITION FAULT CAN J-GATE FAULT CAN PERFORMANCE MODE SWITCH CAN GEAR POSITION ACTUAL CAN GEAR POSITION SELECTED CAN TRANSMISSION SHIFT MAP CAN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE CAN TRANSMISSION MALFUNCTION CAN TCM CONFIGURATION FLAG CAN TORQUE CONVERTER STATUS CAN GEAR SELECTION FAULT DSCCM CAN ACTIVE BRAKE BOOSTER STATUS IC DSCCM CAN PARK BRAKE STATUS DSCCM CAN BRAKE PRESSURE DEMAND ACKNOWLEDGE ECM Source CAN BRAKE ACTUAL PRESSURE CAN CANCEL REQUEST Message Name X DSCCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X ECM X X X X X X TCM X X X X X IC X X X X X X X X X X X X ASCCM Receivers X X JGM (ILL) LSM WDS Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix CAN Message Matrix xvii xviii ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM ECM DSCCM DSCCM DSCCM DSCCM IC CAN THROTTLE MALFUNCTION RED CAN THROTTLE MALFUNCTION AMBER CAN ECM FAULT CODE MIL STATUS CAN ECM CONFIGURATION FLAG CAN ENGINE FAULT CODES CAN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CAN ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE CAN BAROMETRIC PRESSURE CAN LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED CAN RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED CAN LH REAR WHEEL SPEED CAN RH REAR WHEEL SPEED CAN ODOMETER READING WDS ECM CAN ENGINE OBD II MIL CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN ECM ECM CAN FUEL USED ECM ECM CAN A/C LOAD INHIBIT CAN POWERTRAIN CONFIGURATION ECM CAN A/C PRESSURE TRANSDUCER ECM TCM CAN TORQUE CONVERTER MULTIPLICATION CAN SPEED CONTROL DISPLAY COMMANDS TCM CAN J-GATE SELECTION FAULT ECM TCM CAN GEAR POSITION TARGET CAN ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT STATUS TCM CAN TRANSMISSION FAULT CODES ECM TCM CAN OBD II TCM CLEAR ACKNOWLEDGE ECM TCM CAN TCM FAULT CODE MIL STATUS CAN ADAPTIVE SPEED LIMIT DISPLAY COMMANDS TCM CAN PERFORMANCE MODE INDICATION CAN EMS SET SPEED TCM Source CAN IDLE NEUTRAL CONTROL Message Name X X X DSCCM X X X X X X X X X X X X ECM X X X X X X X X X X TCM X X X X X X X X X X X X X X IC X X X X ASCCM Receivers JGM (ILL) X X LSM WDS Appendix Jaguar XK Range 2003 CAN Message Matrix DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2002 TCM CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT TCM DSCCM ECM CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT ECM CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT DSC WDS CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN DSC IC WDS CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN IC CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT IC WDS Source CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN TCM Message Name X DSCCM ECM X TCM X IC ASCCM Receivers JGM (ILL) LSM X X X X WDS Jaguar XK Range 2003 Appendix CAN Message Matrix xix